SemaDecl.cpp revision 0fe5397b26695926a835fa99eceb7fc879b307af
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2//
3//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10//  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
20#include "clang/AST/APValue.h"
21#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
22#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
23#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
24#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
25#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
26#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
27#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
28#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
29#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
30#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
31#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
32#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
33#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
34#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
35#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
36// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's)
37#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
38#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
39#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
40#include <algorithm>
41#include <cstring>
42#include <functional>
43using namespace clang;
44using namespace sema;
45
46Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) {
47  return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
48}
49
50/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
51/// return the declaration of that type.
52///
53/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
54/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
55/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
56/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
57/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
58///
59/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
60/// and then return NULL.
61ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
62                             Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
63                             bool isClassName,
64                             ParsedType ObjectTypePtr) {
65  // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
66  DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
67  if (ObjectTypePtr) {
68    QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
69    if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
70      LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
71  } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
72    LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
73
74    if (!LookupCtx) {
75      if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
76        // C++ [temp.res]p3:
77        //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
78        //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
79        //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
80        //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
81        //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
82        //
83        // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
84        // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
85        if (!isClassName)
86          return ParsedType();
87
88        // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
89        // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
90        QualType T =
91          CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SS->getScopeRep(), II,
92                            SourceLocation(), SS->getRange(), NameLoc);
93        return ParsedType::make(T);
94      }
95
96      return ParsedType();
97    }
98
99    if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
100        RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
101      return ParsedType();
102  }
103
104  // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
105  // lookup for class-names.
106  LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
107                                      LookupOrdinaryName;
108  LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
109  if (LookupCtx) {
110    // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
111    // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
112    // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
113    // nested-name-specifier.
114    LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
115
116    if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
117      // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
118      //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
119      //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
120      //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
121      //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
122      //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
123      LookupName(Result, S);
124    }
125  } else {
126    // Perform unqualified name lookup.
127    LookupName(Result, S);
128  }
129
130  NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
131  switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
132  case LookupResult::NotFound:
133  case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
134  case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
135  case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
136    Result.suppressDiagnostics();
137    return ParsedType();
138
139  case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
140    // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
141    // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
142    // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
143    // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
144    // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
145    if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
146      Result.suppressDiagnostics();
147      return ParsedType();
148    }
149
150    // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
151    for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
152         Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
153      if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
154        if (!IIDecl ||
155            (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
156              IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
157          IIDecl = *Res;
158      }
159    }
160
161    if (!IIDecl) {
162      // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
163      // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
164      // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
165      // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
166      // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
167      // a type name.
168      Result.suppressDiagnostics();
169      return ParsedType();
170    }
171
172    // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
173    // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
174    // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
175    // perform the name lookup again.
176    break;
177
178  case LookupResult::Found:
179    IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
180    break;
181  }
182
183  assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
184
185  QualType T;
186  if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
187    DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
188
189    if (T.isNull())
190      T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
191
192    if (SS)
193      T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
194
195  } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
196    T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
197  } else {
198    // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
199    Result.suppressDiagnostics();
200    return ParsedType();
201  }
202
203  return ParsedType::make(T);
204}
205
206/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
207/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
208/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
209/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose cases in C
210/// where the user forgot to specify the tag.
211DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
212  // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
213  LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
214  LookupName(R, S, false);
215  R.suppressDiagnostics();
216  if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
217    if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
218      switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
219      default:         return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
220      case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
221      case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
222      case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
223      case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
224      }
225    }
226
227  return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
228}
229
230bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
231                                   SourceLocation IILoc,
232                                   Scope *S,
233                                   CXXScopeSpec *SS,
234                                   ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
235  // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
236  SuggestedType = ParsedType();
237
238  // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
239  // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
240  LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
241                      NotForRedeclaration);
242
243  if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) {
244    if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) {
245      if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) &&
246          !Result->isInvalidDecl()) {
247        // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
248        if (!SS || !SS->isSet())
249          Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
250            << &II << Lookup.getLookupName()
251            << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc),
252                                            Result->getNameAsString());
253        else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
254          Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
255            << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange()
256            << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc),
257                                            Result->getNameAsString());
258        else
259          llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
260
261        Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
262          << Result->getDeclName();
263
264        SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS);
265        return true;
266      }
267    } else if (Lookup.empty()) {
268      // We corrected to a keyword.
269      // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it.
270      Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
271        << &II << Corrected;
272      return true;
273    }
274  }
275
276  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
277    // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
278    UnqualifiedId Name;
279    Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc);
280    CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
281    TemplateTy TemplateResult;
282    bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
283    if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
284                       Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
285                       MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
286      TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>();
287      Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
288      if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
289        Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
290          << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
291      }
292      return true;
293    }
294  }
295
296  // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
297  // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
298
299  if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
300    Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II;
301  else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
302    Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
303      << &II << DC << SS->getRange();
304  else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
305    Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_typename_missing)
306      << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName()
307      << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
308      << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
309    SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get();
310  } else {
311    assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
312           "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
313  }
314
315  return true;
316}
317
318// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
319// context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
320// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
321DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
322
323  // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
324  // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
325  // the context we'll need to return to.
326  if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
327    DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
328
329    // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
330    // lexical context.
331    if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
332      return DC;
333
334    // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
335    // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
336    // class is the context we need to return to.
337    while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
338      DC = RD;
339
340    // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
341    // declared in.
342    return DC;
343  }
344
345  // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context
346  // of the class.
347  if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC))
348    return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent();
349
350  return DC->getLexicalParent();
351}
352
353void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
354  assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
355      "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
356  CurContext = DC;
357  S->setEntity(DC);
358}
359
360void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
361  assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
362
363  CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
364  assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
365}
366
367/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
368/// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
369///
370void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
371  // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
372  //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
373  //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
374  //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
375  // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
376  //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
377  //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
378  //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
379  //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
380  //   namespace.
381  // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
382  // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
383  // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
384  // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
385  // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
386
387  assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
388
389#ifndef NDEBUG
390  Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
391  while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
392  assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
393#endif
394
395  CurContext = DC;
396  S->setEntity(DC);
397}
398
399void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
400  assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
401
402  // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
403  // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
404  Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
405  while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
406  CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity();
407
408  // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
409  // disappear.
410}
411
412/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
413/// PrevDecl with another declaration.
414///
415/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
416/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
417/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
418/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
419/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
420/// attribute.
421static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
422                                       ASTContext &Context) {
423  if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
424    return true;
425
426  if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
427    return true;
428
429  return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
430          && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
431}
432
433/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
434void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
435  // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
436  // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
437  // scope.
438  while (S->getEntity() &&
439         ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
440    S = S->getParent();
441
442  // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
443  // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
444  // into any context.
445  if (AddToContext)
446    CurContext->addDecl(D);
447
448  // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
449  // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
450  if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) &&
451      D->isOutOfLine())
452    return;
453
454  // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
455  if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
456      cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
457    return;
458
459  // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
460  IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
461                               IEnd = IdResolver.end();
462  for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
463    if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
464      S->RemoveDecl(*I);
465      IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
466
467      // Should only need to replace one decl.
468      break;
469    }
470  }
471
472  S->AddDecl(D);
473  IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
474}
475
476bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S) {
477  return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S);
478}
479
480Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
481  DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
482  do {
483    if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity())
484      if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
485        return S;
486  } while ((S = S->getParent()));
487
488  return 0;
489}
490
491static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
492                                            DeclContext*,
493                                            ASTContext&);
494
495/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
496/// as determined by isDeclInScope.
497static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
498                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
499                                 bool ConsiderLinkage) {
500  LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
501  while (F.hasNext()) {
502    NamedDecl *D = F.next();
503
504    if (SemaRef.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S))
505      continue;
506
507    if (ConsiderLinkage &&
508        isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, SemaRef.Context))
509      continue;
510
511    F.erase();
512  }
513
514  F.done();
515}
516
517static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
518  return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
519         isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
520         isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
521}
522
523/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
524static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
525  LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
526  while (F.hasNext())
527    if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
528      F.erase();
529
530  F.done();
531}
532
533/// \brief Check for this common pattern:
534/// @code
535/// class S {
536///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
537///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
538/// };
539/// @endcode
540static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
541  // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
542  // the decl here.
543  if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
544    return false;
545
546  if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
547    return CD->isCopyConstructor();
548  if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
549    return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
550  return false;
551}
552
553bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
554  assert(D);
555
556  if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
557    return false;
558
559  // Ignore class templates.
560  if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
561      D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
562    return false;
563
564  if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
565    if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
566      return false;
567
568    if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
569      if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
570        return false;
571    } else {
572      // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn.
573      if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
574          FD->isInlineSpecified())
575        return false;
576    }
577
578    if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
579        Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
580      return false;
581
582  } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
583    if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() ||
584        VD->getType().isConstant(Context) ||
585        Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
586      return false;
587
588    if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
589        VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
590      return false;
591
592  } else {
593    return false;
594  }
595
596  // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
597  if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage)
598    return false;
599
600  return true;
601}
602
603void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
604  if (!D)
605    return;
606
607  if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
608    const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration();
609    if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
610      return; // First should already be in the vector.
611  }
612
613  if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
614    const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration();
615    if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
616      return; // First should already be in the vector.
617  }
618
619   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
620     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
621 }
622
623static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
624  if (D->isInvalidDecl())
625    return false;
626
627  if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
628    return false;
629
630  // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
631  if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
632      !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
633    return false;
634
635  // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
636  if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
637
638    // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
639    QualType Ty = VD->getType();
640
641    // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
642    if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
643      if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
644        return false;
645    }
646
647    // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
648    // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
649    if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
650      return false;
651
652    if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
653      const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
654      if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
655        return false;
656
657      if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
658        // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor
659        // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer
660        // has no side effects.
661        if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
662          return false;
663      }
664    }
665
666    // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
667  }
668
669  return true;
670}
671
672void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
673  if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
674    return;
675
676  if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
677    Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_exception_param)
678    << D->getDeclName();
679  else
680    Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_variable)
681    << D->getDeclName();
682}
683
684void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
685  if (S->decl_empty()) return;
686  assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
687         "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
688
689  for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
690       I != E; ++I) {
691    Decl *TmpD = (*I);
692    assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
693
694    assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
695    NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
696
697    if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
698
699    // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
700    if (!S->hasErrorOccurred())
701      DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
702
703    // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
704    IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
705  }
706}
707
708/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
709///
710/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
711/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
712/// to the fixed name.
713///
714/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
715///
716/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
717/// if there is no class with the given name.
718///
719/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
720/// class could not be found.
721ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
722                                              SourceLocation IdLoc,
723                                              bool TypoCorrection) {
724  // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
725  // creation from this context.
726  NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
727
728  if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) {
729    // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
730    // find an Objective-C class name.
731    LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
732    if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) &&
733        (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) {
734      Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest)
735        << Id << IDecl->getDeclName()
736        << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString());
737      Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
738        << IDecl->getDeclName();
739
740      Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
741    }
742  }
743
744  return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
745}
746
747/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
748/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
749/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
750/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
751/// ill-formed in C++:
752/// @code
753/// struct S6 {
754///   enum { BAR } e;
755/// };
756///
757/// void test_S6() {
758///   struct S6 a;
759///   a.e = BAR;
760/// }
761/// @endcode
762/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
763/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
764/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
765/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
766/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
767/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
768/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
769/// contain non-field names.
770Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
771  while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
772         (S->getEntity() &&
773          ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
774         (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus))
775    S = S->getParent();
776  return S;
777}
778
779/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
780/// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
781/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
782/// built-in.
783NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
784                                     Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
785                                     SourceLocation Loc) {
786  Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
787
788  ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
789  QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
790  switch (Error) {
791  case ASTContext::GE_None:
792    // Okay
793    break;
794
795  case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
796    if (ForRedeclaration)
797      Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
798        << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
799    return 0;
800
801  case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
802    if (ForRedeclaration)
803      Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
804        << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
805    return 0;
806  }
807
808  if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
809    Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
810      << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
811      << R;
812    if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
813        Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
814          != Diagnostic::Ignored)
815      Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
816        << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
817        << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
818  }
819
820  FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
821                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
822                                           Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
823                                           SC_Extern,
824                                           SC_None, false,
825                                           /*hasPrototype=*/true);
826  New->setImplicit();
827
828  // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
829  // FunctionDecl.
830  if (FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
831    llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
832    for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
833      Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 0,
834                                           FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
835                                           SC_None, SC_None, 0));
836    New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size());
837  }
838
839  AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
840
841  // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
842  // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
843  // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
844  // entirely, but we're not there yet.
845  DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
846  CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
847  PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
848  CurContext = SavedContext;
849  return New;
850}
851
852/// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
853/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
854/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
855/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
856///
857void Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
858  // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
859  // merging checks.
860  if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
861
862  // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
863  // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
864  if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
865    const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
866    switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
867    default: break;
868    case 2:
869      if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
870        break;
871      Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType();
872      // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
873      New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
874      return;
875    case 5:
876      if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
877        break;
878      Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType();
879      // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
880      New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
881      return;
882    case 3:
883      if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
884        break;
885      Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType();
886      // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
887      New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
888      return;
889    case 8:
890      if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol"))
891        break;
892      Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType());
893      return;
894    }
895    // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
896  }
897
898  // Verify the old decl was also a type.
899  TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
900  if (!Old) {
901    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
902      << New->getDeclName();
903
904    NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
905    if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
906      Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
907
908    return New->setInvalidDecl();
909  }
910
911  // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
912  if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
913    return New->setInvalidDecl();
914
915  // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics.
916  QualType OldType;
917  if (TypedefDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Old))
918    OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
919  else
920    OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
921
922  // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
923  // with any extensions enabled.
924
925  if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() &&
926      Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) !=
927      Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) {
928    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
929      << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType;
930    if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
931      Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
932    return New->setInvalidDecl();
933  }
934
935  // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
936  // declaration was a typedef.
937  // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type
938  // spellings don't match exactly.
939  if (isa<TypedefDecl>(Old))
940    New->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<TypedefDecl>(Old));
941
942  if (getLangOptions().Microsoft)
943    return;
944
945  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
946    // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
947    //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
948    //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
949    //   to the type to which it already refers.
950    if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
951      return;
952
953    // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
954    //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
955    //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
956    //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
957    //
958    // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
959    // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
960    //
961    //   struct S {
962    //     typedef struct A { } A;
963    //   };
964    //
965    // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
966    // allow the above but disallow
967    //
968    //   struct S {
969    //     typedef int I;
970    //     typedef int I;
971    //   };
972    //
973    // since that was the intent of DR56.
974    if (!isa<TypedefDecl >(Old))
975      return;
976
977    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
978      << New->getDeclName();
979    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
980    return New->setInvalidDecl();
981  }
982
983  // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
984  // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
985  // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
986  // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
987  if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
988      (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
989       Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
990    return;
991
992  Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
993    << New->getDeclName();
994  Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
995  return;
996}
997
998/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
999/// attribute.
1000static bool
1001DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1002  const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1003  for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1004    if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1005      // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1006      if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1007        return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1008      return true;
1009    }
1010
1011  return false;
1012}
1013
1014/// MergeDeclAttributes - append attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
1015static void MergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, ASTContext &C) {
1016  if (!Old->hasAttrs())
1017    return;
1018  // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
1019  // we process them.
1020  if (!New->hasAttrs())
1021    New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1022  for (Decl::attr_iterator i = Old->attr_begin(), e = Old->attr_end(); i != e;
1023       ++i) {
1024    // FIXME: Make this more general than just checking for Overloadable.
1025    if (!DeclHasAttr(New, *i) && (*i)->getKind() != attr::Overloadable) {
1026      Attr *NewAttr = (*i)->clone(C);
1027      NewAttr->setInherited(true);
1028      New->addAttr(NewAttr);
1029    }
1030  }
1031}
1032
1033namespace {
1034
1035/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
1036/// C.
1037struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
1038  ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
1039  ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
1040  QualType PromotedType;
1041};
1042
1043}
1044
1045/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
1046Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
1047  if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
1048    if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
1049      return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
1050
1051    return Sema::CXXConstructor;
1052  }
1053
1054  if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD))
1055    return Sema::CXXDestructor;
1056
1057  assert(MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() &&
1058         "Must have copy assignment operator");
1059  return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
1060}
1061
1062/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
1063/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
1064/// GNU89 mode.
1065static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
1066                                const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
1067  return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
1068          FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1069          FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
1070}
1071
1072/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
1073/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
1074/// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
1075/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
1076///
1077/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
1078/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
1079/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
1080/// merged with.
1081///
1082/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
1083bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) {
1084  // Verify the old decl was also a function.
1085  FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
1086  if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
1087        = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
1088    Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1089  else
1090    Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
1091  if (!Old) {
1092    if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
1093      Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
1094      Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
1095           diag::note_using_decl_target);
1096      Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
1097           diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
1098      return true;
1099    }
1100
1101    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1102      << New->getDeclName();
1103    Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1104    return true;
1105  }
1106
1107  // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
1108  // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
1109  diag::kind PrevDiag;
1110  if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
1111    PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
1112  else if (Old->isImplicit())
1113    PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
1114  else
1115    PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
1116
1117  QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
1118  QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
1119
1120  // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
1121  // is an extern inline function.
1122  if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
1123      New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1124      Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
1125      !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) {
1126    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
1127      << New;
1128    Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
1129    return true;
1130  }
1131
1132  // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
1133  // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
1134  // calling convention of the first.
1135  //
1136  // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
1137  // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
1138  // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
1139  // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
1140  // because it is the default calling convention.
1141  //
1142  // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
1143  // other tests to run.
1144  const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
1145  const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
1146  FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
1147  FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
1148  bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
1149  if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default &&
1150      NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) {
1151    NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
1152    RequiresAdjustment = true;
1153  } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(),
1154                                     NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
1155    // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
1156    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
1157      << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
1158      << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default)
1159      << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" :
1160          FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()));
1161    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1162    return true;
1163  }
1164
1165  // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
1166  if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
1167    NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
1168    RequiresAdjustment = true;
1169  }
1170
1171  // Merge regparm attribute.
1172  if (OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
1173    if (NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
1174      Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
1175        << NewType->getRegParmType()
1176        << OldType->getRegParmType();
1177      Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1178      return true;
1179    }
1180
1181    NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
1182    RequiresAdjustment = true;
1183  }
1184
1185  if (RequiresAdjustment) {
1186    NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo);
1187    New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0));
1188    NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
1189  }
1190
1191  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1192    // (C++98 13.1p2):
1193    //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
1194    //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
1195    //        cannot be overloaded.
1196    QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
1197    QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
1198    QualType ResQT;
1199    if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
1200      if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()
1201          && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
1202        ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
1203      if (ResQT.isNull()) {
1204        Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
1205        Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
1206        return true;
1207      }
1208      else
1209        NewQType = ResQT;
1210    }
1211
1212    const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
1213    CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
1214    if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
1215      // Preserve triviality.
1216      NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
1217
1218      bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
1219
1220      if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
1221        //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
1222        //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
1223        //       is a static member function declaration.
1224        if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) {
1225          Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
1226          Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
1227          return true;
1228        }
1229
1230        // C++ [class.mem]p1:
1231        //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
1232        //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
1233        //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
1234        unsigned NewDiag;
1235        if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
1236          NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
1237        else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
1238          NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
1239        else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
1240          NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
1241        else
1242          NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
1243
1244        Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
1245        Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
1246
1247      // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
1248      // member that was initially declared implicitly.
1249      //
1250      // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
1251      // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
1252      } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
1253        if (isFriend) {
1254          NewMethod->setImplicit();
1255        } else {
1256          Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
1257               diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
1258            << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
1259          return true;
1260        }
1261      }
1262    }
1263
1264    // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
1265    //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
1266    //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
1267    // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
1268
1269    // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
1270    QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
1271    if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
1272      assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
1273      const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
1274        = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
1275      OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
1276      assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
1277    }
1278
1279    if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
1280      return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old);
1281
1282    // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
1283  }
1284
1285  // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
1286  // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
1287  if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1288      Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
1289    const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
1290    const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
1291    const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
1292    if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
1293        (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
1294      // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
1295      // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
1296      assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
1297      llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
1298                                                 OldProto->arg_type_end());
1299      NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
1300                                         ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(),
1301                                         OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
1302      New->setType(NewQType);
1303      New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
1304
1305      // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
1306      llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1307      for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
1308             ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
1309             ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
1310           ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
1311        ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
1312                                                 SourceLocation(), 0,
1313                                                 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
1314                                                 SC_None, SC_None,
1315                                                 0);
1316        Param->setImplicit();
1317        Params.push_back(Param);
1318      }
1319
1320      New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size());
1321    }
1322
1323    return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old);
1324  }
1325
1326  // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
1327  // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
1328  // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
1329  // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
1330  // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
1331  // the prototype.
1332  //
1333  // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
1334  // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
1335  // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
1336  // C99 6.9.1p8.
1337  if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1338      Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
1339      New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
1340      Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
1341    llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
1342    llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
1343    const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
1344      = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1345    const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
1346      = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1347
1348    // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
1349    QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
1350                                               NewProto->getResultType());
1351    bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
1352    for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
1353         LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
1354      ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
1355      ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
1356      if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
1357                                     NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
1358        ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
1359      } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
1360                                            NewParm->getType(),
1361                                            /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
1362        GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
1363          = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
1364        Warnings.push_back(Warn);
1365        ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
1366      } else
1367        LooseCompatible = false;
1368    }
1369
1370    if (LooseCompatible) {
1371      for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
1372        Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
1373             diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
1374          << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
1375          << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
1376        if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
1377          Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
1378               diag::note_previous_declaration);
1379      }
1380
1381      New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0],
1382                                           ArgTypes.size(),
1383                                           OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
1384      return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old);
1385    }
1386
1387    // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
1388  }
1389
1390  // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined
1391  // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic
1392  if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) {
1393    // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible
1394    // signature.
1395    if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
1396      // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined
1397      // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the
1398      // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this
1399      // library built-in.
1400      Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
1401      Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
1402        << Old << Old->getType();
1403      New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
1404      Old->setInvalidDecl();
1405      return false;
1406    }
1407
1408    PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
1409  }
1410
1411  Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
1412  Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
1413  return true;
1414}
1415
1416/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
1417/// known to be compatible.
1418///
1419/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
1420/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
1421/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
1422/// redeclaration of Old.
1423///
1424/// \returns false
1425bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) {
1426  // Merge the attributes
1427  MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context);
1428
1429  // Merge the storage class.
1430  if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern &&
1431      Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
1432    New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
1433
1434  // Merge "pure" flag.
1435  if (Old->isPure())
1436    New->setPure();
1437
1438  // Merge the "deleted" flag.
1439  if (Old->isDeleted())
1440    New->setDeleted();
1441
1442  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
1443    return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old);
1444
1445  return false;
1446}
1447
1448/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
1449/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
1450/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
1451///
1452/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
1453/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
1454/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
1455///
1456void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
1457  // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
1458  if (New->isInvalidDecl())
1459    return;
1460
1461  // Verify the old decl was also a variable.
1462  VarDecl *Old = 0;
1463  if (!Previous.isSingleResult() ||
1464      !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
1465    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1466      << New->getDeclName();
1467    Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
1468         diag::note_previous_definition);
1469    return New->setInvalidDecl();
1470  }
1471
1472  // C++ [class.mem]p1:
1473  //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
1474  //
1475  // Here, we need only consider static data members.
1476  if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
1477    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
1478      << New->getIdentifier();
1479    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1480    New->setInvalidDecl();
1481  }
1482
1483  MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context);
1484
1485  // Merge the types
1486  QualType MergedT;
1487  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1488    if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType()))
1489      MergedT = New->getType();
1490    // C++ [basic.link]p10:
1491    //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
1492    //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
1493    //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
1494    //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
1495    else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
1496             New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
1497      CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
1498        = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
1499      CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
1500        = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
1501      if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
1502        MergedT = New->getType();
1503    } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
1504             New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
1505      CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
1506        = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
1507      CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
1508        = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
1509      if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
1510        MergedT = Old->getType();
1511    } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()
1512               && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1513        MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), Old->getType());
1514    }
1515  } else {
1516    MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
1517  }
1518  if (MergedT.isNull()) {
1519    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
1520      << New->getDeclName();
1521    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1522    return New->setInvalidDecl();
1523  }
1524  New->setType(MergedT);
1525
1526  // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static.
1527  if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1528      (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) {
1529    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
1530    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1531    return New->setInvalidDecl();
1532  }
1533  // C99 6.2.2p4:
1534  //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
1535  //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
1536  //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
1537  //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
1538  //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
1539  //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
1540  //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
1541  //   identifier has external linkage.
1542  if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
1543    /* Okay */;
1544  else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
1545           Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
1546    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
1547    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1548    return New->setInvalidDecl();
1549  }
1550
1551  // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
1552
1553  // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
1554  // need to check for mismatches.
1555  if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
1556      // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
1557      !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
1558        !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
1559    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
1560    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1561    return New->setInvalidDecl();
1562  }
1563
1564  if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
1565    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
1566    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1567  } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
1568    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
1569    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1570  }
1571
1572  // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
1573  const VarDecl *Def;
1574  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1575      New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
1576      (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
1577    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1578      << New->getDeclName();
1579    Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1580    New->setInvalidDecl();
1581    return;
1582  }
1583  // c99 6.2.2 P4.
1584  // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a
1585  // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if
1586  // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage
1587  // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage
1588  // specified at the prior declaration.
1589  // FIXME. revisit this code.
1590  if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
1591      Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage &&
1592      New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext())
1593    New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
1594
1595  // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
1596  New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old);
1597
1598  // Inherit access appropriately.
1599  New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
1600}
1601
1602/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
1603/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
1604Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1605                                            DeclSpec &DS) {
1606  // FIXME: Error on inline/virtual/explicit
1607  // FIXME: Warn on useless __thread
1608  // FIXME: Warn on useless const/volatile
1609  // FIXME: Warn on useless static/extern/typedef/private_extern/mutable
1610  // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes
1611  Decl *TagD = 0;
1612  TagDecl *Tag = 0;
1613  if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
1614      DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
1615      DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
1616      DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
1617    TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
1618
1619    if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
1620      return 0;
1621
1622    // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
1623    // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
1624    // it's a Type.
1625    Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
1626  }
1627
1628  if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
1629    // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
1630    // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
1631    if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
1632      Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
1633           diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
1634           << DS.getSourceRange();
1635  }
1636
1637  if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
1638    // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
1639    // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
1640    if (TagD && !Tag)
1641      return 0;
1642    return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0));
1643  }
1644
1645  if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1646    ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList());
1647
1648    if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() &&
1649        DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
1650      if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
1651          Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
1652        return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
1653
1654      Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
1655        << DS.getSourceRange();
1656    }
1657  }
1658
1659  // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct.
1660  if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1661      CurContext->isRecord() &&
1662      DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
1663    // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
1664    //   struct STRUCT;
1665    // and
1666    //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
1667    RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
1668    if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) ||
1669        (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
1670         DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
1671      Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
1672        << DS.getSourceRange();
1673      return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
1674    }
1675  }
1676
1677  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1678      DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
1679    if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
1680      if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
1681          !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
1682        Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
1683          << DS.getSourceRange();
1684
1685  if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk() &&
1686      DS.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error) {
1687    // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an
1688    // extension in both Microsoft and GNU.
1689    if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
1690        Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) {
1691      Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
1692        << DS.getSourceRange();
1693      return Tag;
1694    }
1695
1696    Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
1697      << DS.getSourceRange();
1698  }
1699
1700  return TagD;
1701}
1702
1703/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec.
1704/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated.
1705StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) {
1706  StmtResult R;
1707  if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) {
1708    Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr();
1709    QualType Ty = Exp->getType();
1710    if (Ty->isPointerType()) {
1711      do
1712        Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1713      while (Ty->isPointerType());
1714    }
1715    if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) {
1716      R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp));
1717    }
1718  }
1719  return R;
1720}
1721
1722/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
1723/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
1724///
1725/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
1726static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
1727                                         Scope *S,
1728                                         DeclContext *Owner,
1729                                         DeclarationName Name,
1730                                         SourceLocation NameLoc,
1731                                         unsigned diagnostic) {
1732  LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
1733                 Sema::ForRedeclaration);
1734  if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
1735
1736  if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1737    return false;
1738
1739  // Pick a representative declaration.
1740  NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
1741  assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
1742
1743  if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
1744    return false;
1745
1746  SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
1747  SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1748
1749  return true;
1750}
1751
1752/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
1753/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
1754/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
1755/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
1756/// struct, e.g.,
1757///
1758/// @code
1759/// union {
1760///   int i;
1761///   float f;
1762/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
1763///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
1764/// @endcode
1765///
1766/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
1767/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
1768static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
1769                                                DeclContext *Owner,
1770                                                RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
1771                                                AccessSpecifier AS,
1772                              llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining,
1773                                                      bool MSAnonStruct) {
1774  unsigned diagKind
1775    = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
1776                            : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
1777
1778  bool Invalid = false;
1779
1780  // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
1781  for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
1782                               DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
1783       D != DEnd; ++D) {
1784    if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
1785        cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
1786      ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
1787      if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
1788                                       VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
1789        // C++ [class.union]p2:
1790        //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
1791        //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
1792        //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
1793        Invalid = true;
1794      } else {
1795        // C++ [class.union]p2:
1796        //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
1797        //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
1798        //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
1799        //   anonymous union is declared.
1800        unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
1801        if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
1802          for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
1803               PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
1804            Chaining.push_back(*PI);
1805        else
1806          Chaining.push_back(VD);
1807
1808        assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
1809        NamedDecl **NamedChain =
1810          new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
1811        for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
1812          NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
1813
1814        IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
1815          IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
1816                                    VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
1817                                    NamedChain, Chaining.size());
1818
1819        IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
1820        IndirectField->setImplicit();
1821        SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
1822
1823        // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
1824        if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
1825
1826        Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
1827      }
1828    }
1829  }
1830
1831  return Invalid;
1832}
1833
1834/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
1835/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
1836/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
1837static StorageClass
1838StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
1839  switch (StorageClassSpec) {
1840  case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
1841  case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
1842  case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
1843  case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
1844  case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
1845  case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
1846    // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
1847  case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
1848  case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
1849  }
1850  llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
1851}
1852
1853/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
1854/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
1855/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
1856static StorageClass
1857StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
1858  switch (StorageClassSpec) {
1859  case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
1860  case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
1861  case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
1862  case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
1863    // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
1864  case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           // Fall through.
1865  case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
1866  case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       // Fall through.
1867  case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
1868  }
1869  llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
1870}
1871
1872/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
1873/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
1874/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures
1875/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension.
1876Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1877                                             AccessSpecifier AS,
1878                                             RecordDecl *Record) {
1879  DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
1880
1881  // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
1882  if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
1883    Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
1884  else if (!Record->isUnion())
1885    Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct);
1886
1887  // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
1888  // structs/unions.
1889  bool Invalid = false;
1890  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1891    const char* PrevSpec = 0;
1892    unsigned DiagID;
1893    // C++ [class.union]p3:
1894    //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
1895    //   global namespace shall be declared static.
1896    if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
1897        (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
1898         (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
1899          cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
1900      Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static);
1901      Invalid = true;
1902
1903      // Recover by adding 'static'.
1904      DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
1905                             PrevSpec, DiagID);
1906    }
1907    // C++ [class.union]p3:
1908    //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
1909    //   anonymous union in a class scope.
1910    else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
1911             isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
1912      Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
1913           diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec);
1914      Invalid = true;
1915
1916      // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
1917      DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(),
1918                             PrevSpec, DiagID);
1919    }
1920
1921    // C++ [class.union]p2:
1922    //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
1923    //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
1924    //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
1925    for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
1926                                 MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
1927         Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
1928      if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
1929        // C++ [class.union]p3:
1930        //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
1931        //   members (clause 11).
1932        assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
1933        if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
1934          Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
1935            << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
1936          Invalid = true;
1937        }
1938
1939        if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
1940          Invalid = true;
1941      } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
1942        // Any implicit members are fine.
1943      } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
1944        // This is a type that showed up in an
1945        // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
1946        // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
1947        // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
1948      } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
1949        if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
1950            MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
1951          // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
1952          if (getLangOptions().Microsoft)
1953            Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
1954              << (int)Record->isUnion();
1955          else {
1956            // This is a nested type declaration.
1957            Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
1958              << (int)Record->isUnion();
1959            Invalid = true;
1960          }
1961        }
1962      } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
1963        // Any access specifier is fine.
1964      } else {
1965        // We have something that isn't a non-static data
1966        // member. Complain about it.
1967        unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
1968        if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
1969          DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
1970        else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
1971          DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
1972        else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
1973          DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
1974
1975        // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
1976        if (getLangOptions().Microsoft &&
1977            DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
1978          Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
1979            << (int)Record->isUnion();
1980        else {
1981          Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
1982              << (int)Record->isUnion();
1983          Invalid = true;
1984        }
1985      }
1986    }
1987  }
1988
1989  if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
1990    Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
1991      << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
1992    Invalid = true;
1993  }
1994
1995  // Mock up a declarator.
1996  Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
1997  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
1998  assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
1999
2000  // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
2001  NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
2002  if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
2003    Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, Record->getLocation(),
2004                             /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
2005                             Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
2006                             TInfo,
2007                             /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
2008    Anon->setAccess(AS);
2009    if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2010      FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
2011  } else {
2012    DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
2013    assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
2014           "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
2015    VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
2016    if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
2017      // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
2018      // an error here
2019      Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
2020      Invalid = true;
2021      SC = SC_None;
2022    }
2023    SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
2024    VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
2025      = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
2026
2027    Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, Record->getLocation(),
2028                           /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
2029                           Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
2030                           TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
2031  }
2032  Anon->setImplicit();
2033
2034  // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
2035  // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
2036  // its members.
2037  Owner->addDecl(Anon);
2038
2039  // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
2040  // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
2041  // purposes.
2042  llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
2043  Chain.push_back(Anon);
2044
2045  if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
2046                                          Chain, false))
2047    Invalid = true;
2048
2049  // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
2050  // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
2051  // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
2052  // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
2053  // builds its lookup table, and once by
2054  // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
2055  Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
2056
2057  if (Invalid)
2058    Anon->setInvalidDecl();
2059
2060  return Anon;
2061}
2062
2063/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
2064/// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
2065/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
2066/// Example:
2067///
2068/// struct A { int a; };
2069/// struct B { struct A; int b; };
2070///
2071/// void foo() {
2072///   B var;
2073///   var.a = 3;
2074/// }
2075///
2076Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2077                                           RecordDecl *Record) {
2078
2079  // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
2080  if (!Record)
2081    Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
2082
2083  // Mock up a declarator.
2084  Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
2085  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
2086  assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
2087
2088  // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
2089  NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
2090                             cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
2091                             DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2092                             /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
2093                             Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
2094                             TInfo,
2095                             /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
2096  Anon->setImplicit();
2097
2098  // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
2099  CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
2100
2101  // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
2102  // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
2103  // purposes.
2104  llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
2105  Chain.push_back(Anon);
2106
2107  if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
2108                                          Record->getDefinition(),
2109                                          AS_none, Chain, true))
2110    Anon->setInvalidDecl();
2111
2112  return Anon;
2113}
2114
2115/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
2116/// given Declarator.
2117DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
2118  return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
2119}
2120
2121/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
2122DeclarationNameInfo
2123Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
2124  DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
2125  NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2126
2127  switch (Name.getKind()) {
2128
2129  case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
2130    NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
2131    NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2132    return NameInfo;
2133
2134  case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
2135    NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
2136                                           Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
2137    NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2138    NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
2139      = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
2140    NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
2141      = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
2142    return NameInfo;
2143
2144  case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
2145    NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
2146                                                           Name.Identifier));
2147    NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2148    NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
2149    return NameInfo;
2150
2151  case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
2152    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
2153    QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
2154    if (Ty.isNull())
2155      return DeclarationNameInfo();
2156    NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
2157                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
2158    NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2159    NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
2160    return NameInfo;
2161  }
2162
2163  case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
2164    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
2165    QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
2166    if (Ty.isNull())
2167      return DeclarationNameInfo();
2168    NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
2169                                              Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
2170    NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2171    NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
2172    return NameInfo;
2173  }
2174
2175  case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
2176    // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
2177    // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
2178    // to find the actual type being constructed.
2179    CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
2180    if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
2181      return DeclarationNameInfo();
2182
2183    // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
2184    QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
2185
2186    // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
2187    // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
2188    // was qualified.
2189
2190    NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
2191                                    Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
2192    NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2193    // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
2194    NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
2195    return NameInfo;
2196  }
2197
2198  case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
2199    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
2200    QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
2201    if (Ty.isNull())
2202      return DeclarationNameInfo();
2203    NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
2204                                              Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
2205    NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2206    NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
2207    return NameInfo;
2208  }
2209
2210  case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
2211    TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
2212    SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
2213    return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
2214  }
2215
2216  } // switch (Name.getKind())
2217
2218  assert(false && "Unknown name kind");
2219  return DeclarationNameInfo();
2220}
2221
2222/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions
2223/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic
2224/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line
2225/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within
2226/// the class or namespace.
2227static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context,
2228                                     FunctionDecl *Declaration,
2229                                     FunctionDecl *Definition) {
2230  if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
2231    return false;
2232  for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
2233    QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
2234    QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
2235
2236    if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(),
2237                                        DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType()))
2238      return false;
2239  }
2240
2241  return true;
2242}
2243
2244/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
2245/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
2246/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
2247/// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
2248/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
2249static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
2250                                                    DeclarationName Name) {
2251  // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
2252  //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
2253  //   - types which will become injected class names
2254  // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
2255  // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
2256  // few cases here.
2257
2258  DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
2259  switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
2260  case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
2261  case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
2262  case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: {
2263    // Grab the type from the parser.
2264    TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
2265    QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
2266    if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
2267
2268    // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
2269    // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
2270    // attached already.
2271    if (!TSI)
2272      TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
2273
2274    // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
2275    TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
2276    if (!TSI) return true;
2277
2278    // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
2279    ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
2280    DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
2281    break;
2282  }
2283
2284  case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
2285    Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
2286    ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
2287    if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
2288    DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
2289    break;
2290  }
2291
2292  default:
2293    // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
2294    break;
2295  }
2296
2297  // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
2298  for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
2299    DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
2300
2301    // The only type information in the declarator which can come
2302    // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
2303    // pointer.
2304    if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
2305      continue;
2306
2307    // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
2308    CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
2309    if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
2310      return true;
2311  }
2312
2313  return false;
2314}
2315
2316Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
2317  return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false);
2318}
2319
2320Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
2321                             MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
2322                             bool IsFunctionDefinition) {
2323  // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
2324  DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
2325  DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
2326
2327  // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
2328  // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
2329  if (!Name) {
2330    if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
2331      Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2332           diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
2333        << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
2334    return 0;
2335  } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
2336    return 0;
2337
2338  // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
2339  // we find one that is.
2340  while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
2341         (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
2342    S = S->getParent();
2343
2344  DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
2345  if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
2346    D.setInvalidType();
2347  else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
2348    if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
2349                                        UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
2350      return 0;
2351
2352    bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
2353    DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
2354    if (!DC) {
2355      // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
2356      // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
2357      // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
2358      // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
2359      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
2360           diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
2361        << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
2362        << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
2363      return 0;
2364    }
2365
2366    bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
2367
2368    if (!IsDependentContext &&
2369        RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
2370      return 0;
2371
2372    if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
2373      if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
2374        Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
2375             diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
2376          << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
2377        D.setInvalidType();
2378      } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) &&
2379                 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
2380        // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class
2381        // definition:
2382        //
2383        // class X {
2384        //   void X::f();
2385        // };
2386        if (CurContext->Equals(DC))
2387          Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification)
2388            << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange());
2389        else
2390          Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification)
2391            << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
2392
2393        // Pretend that this qualifier was not here.
2394        D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
2395      }
2396    }
2397
2398    // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
2399    // declaration in the current instantiation.
2400    if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
2401        TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
2402      ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
2403      if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
2404        D.setInvalidType();
2405    }
2406  }
2407
2408  // C++ [class.mem]p13:
2409  //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
2410  //   name different from T:
2411  //     - every static data member of class T;
2412  //     - every member function of class T
2413  //     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
2414  if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
2415    if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
2416      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class)
2417        << Name;
2418
2419      // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
2420      // Just return early; it's safer.
2421      if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
2422        return 0;
2423    }
2424
2425  NamedDecl *New;
2426
2427  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
2428  QualType R = TInfo->getType();
2429
2430  if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
2431                                      UPPC_DeclarationType))
2432    D.setInvalidType();
2433
2434  LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
2435                        ForRedeclaration);
2436
2437  // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
2438  if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
2439    bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
2440
2441    // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
2442    // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
2443    // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
2444    if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
2445      /* Do nothing*/;
2446    else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
2447      if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
2448          D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
2449        IsLinkageLookup = true;
2450    } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern)
2451      IsLinkageLookup = true;
2452    else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
2453             D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
2454      IsLinkageLookup = true;
2455
2456    if (IsLinkageLookup)
2457      Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
2458
2459    LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup);
2460  } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
2461    LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
2462
2463    // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for
2464    // out-of-line members.
2465    RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
2466
2467    // C++ 7.3.1.2p2:
2468    // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named
2469    // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit
2470    // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being
2471    // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears
2472    // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the
2473    // declarations namespace.
2474    //
2475    // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet
2476    // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually
2477    // the declaration we want to match. For example, given:
2478    //
2479    //   class X {
2480    //     void f();
2481    //     void f(float);
2482    //   };
2483    //
2484    //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
2485    //
2486    // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set
2487    // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
2488    // matches.
2489
2490    // First check whether we named the global scope.
2491    if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
2492      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
2493        << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
2494    } else {
2495      DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
2496      while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur))
2497        Cur = Cur->getParent();
2498      if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
2499        // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration.
2500        // Emit diagnostic based on current scope.
2501        SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc();
2502        SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
2503        if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
2504          Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R;
2505        else
2506          Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
2507            << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R;
2508        D.setInvalidType();
2509      }
2510    }
2511  }
2512
2513  if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
2514      Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
2515    // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
2516    if (!D.isInvalidType())
2517      if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
2518                                          Previous.getFoundDecl()))
2519        D.setInvalidType();
2520
2521    // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
2522    Previous.clear();
2523  }
2524
2525  // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
2526  // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
2527  // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
2528  // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
2529  if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
2530      D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
2531    Previous.clear();
2532
2533  bool Redeclaration = false;
2534  if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
2535    if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
2536      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
2537      return 0;
2538    }
2539
2540    New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration);
2541  } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
2542    New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous,
2543                                  move(TemplateParamLists),
2544                                  IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration);
2545  } else {
2546    New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous,
2547                                  move(TemplateParamLists),
2548                                  Redeclaration);
2549  }
2550
2551  if (New == 0)
2552    return 0;
2553
2554  // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
2555  // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
2556  if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl()))
2557    PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
2558
2559  return New;
2560}
2561
2562/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array
2563/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise
2564/// be errors (for GCC compatibility).
2565static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
2566                                                    ASTContext &Context,
2567                                                    bool &SizeIsNegative,
2568                                                    llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
2569  // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
2570  // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
2571  // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
2572  // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
2573  SizeIsNegative = false;
2574  Oversized = 0;
2575
2576  if (T->isDependentType())
2577    return QualType();
2578
2579  QualifierCollector Qs;
2580  const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
2581
2582  if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
2583    QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
2584    QualType FixedType =
2585        TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
2586                                            Oversized);
2587    if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
2588    FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
2589    return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
2590  }
2591  if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
2592    QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
2593    QualType FixedType =
2594        TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
2595                                            Oversized);
2596    if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
2597    FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
2598    return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
2599  }
2600
2601  const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
2602  if (!VLATy)
2603    return QualType();
2604  // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
2605  if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
2606    return QualType();
2607
2608  Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
2609  if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
2610      !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) ||
2611      !EvalResult.Val.isInt())
2612    return QualType();
2613
2614  // Check whether the array size is negative.
2615  llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
2616  if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
2617    SizeIsNegative = true;
2618    return QualType();
2619  }
2620
2621  // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
2622  unsigned ActiveSizeBits
2623    = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
2624                                              Res);
2625  if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
2626    Oversized = Res;
2627    return QualType();
2628  }
2629
2630  return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
2631                                      Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
2632}
2633
2634/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so
2635/// that it can be found later for redeclarations
2636void
2637Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
2638                                       const LookupResult &Previous,
2639                                       Scope *S) {
2640  assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
2641         "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!");
2642  // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
2643  LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
2644
2645  if (!Previous.isSingleResult())
2646    return;
2647
2648  NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
2649
2650  // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be
2651  // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new
2652  // declaration.
2653  if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) {
2654    // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver
2655    // chain, so remove it from its scope.
2656    while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl))
2657      S = S->getParent();
2658
2659    if (S)
2660      S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl);
2661  }
2662}
2663
2664/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
2665/// does not identify a function.
2666void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) {
2667  // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
2668  // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
2669  if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
2670    Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
2671         diag::err_inline_non_function);
2672
2673  if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified())
2674    Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
2675         diag::err_virtual_non_function);
2676
2677  if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified())
2678    Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
2679         diag::err_explicit_non_function);
2680}
2681
2682NamedDecl*
2683Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
2684                             QualType R,  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2685                             LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
2686  // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
2687  if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
2688    Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
2689      << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
2690    D.setInvalidType();
2691    // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
2692    DC = CurContext;
2693    Previous.clear();
2694  }
2695
2696  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2697    // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
2698    CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
2699  }
2700
2701  DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
2702
2703  if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
2704    Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
2705
2706  if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
2707    Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
2708      << D.getName().getSourceRange();
2709    return 0;
2710  }
2711
2712  TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo);
2713  if (!NewTD) return 0;
2714
2715  // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
2716  ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
2717
2718  // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
2719  // then it shall have block scope.
2720  // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
2721  // that redeclarations will match.
2722  QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType();
2723  if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
2724    getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
2725
2726    if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
2727      bool SizeIsNegative;
2728      llvm::APSInt Oversized;
2729      QualType FixedTy =
2730          TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
2731                                              Oversized);
2732      if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
2733        Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
2734        NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy));
2735      } else {
2736        if (SizeIsNegative)
2737          Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
2738        else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
2739          Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
2740        else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
2741          Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large)
2742            << Oversized.toString(10);
2743        else
2744          Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
2745        NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
2746      }
2747    }
2748  }
2749
2750  // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
2751  // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
2752  FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false);
2753  if (!Previous.empty()) {
2754    Redeclaration = true;
2755    MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD, Previous);
2756  }
2757
2758  // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
2759  if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
2760    if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
2761        NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
2762      if (II->isStr("FILE"))
2763        Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
2764      else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
2765        Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
2766      else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
2767        Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
2768      else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list"))
2769        Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD));
2770    }
2771
2772  return NewTD;
2773}
2774
2775/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
2776/// previous declaration.
2777///
2778/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
2779/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
2780/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
2781/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
2782/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
2783/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
2784///
2785/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
2786/// lookup
2787///
2788/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
2789/// declared.
2790///
2791/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
2792/// for a new delcaration with the same name.
2793static bool
2794isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
2795                                ASTContext &Context) {
2796  if (!PrevDecl)
2797    return false;
2798
2799  if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
2800    return false;
2801
2802  if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2803    // C++ [basic.link]p6:
2804    //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
2805    //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
2806    //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
2807    //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
2808    //   linkage of the previous declaration.
2809    DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
2810    if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
2811      // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
2812      return false;
2813
2814    DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
2815    if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
2816      // We found a member function: ignore it.
2817      return false;
2818
2819    // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
2820    // previous declarations.
2821    OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
2822    PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
2823
2824    // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
2825    // isn't the same function.
2826    if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
2827      return false;
2828  }
2829
2830  return true;
2831}
2832
2833static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
2834  CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
2835  if (!SS.isSet()) return;
2836  DD->setQualifierInfo(static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
2837                       SS.getRange());
2838}
2839
2840NamedDecl*
2841Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
2842                              QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2843                              LookupResult &Previous,
2844                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
2845                              bool &Redeclaration) {
2846  DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
2847
2848  // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
2849  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2850    CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
2851
2852  DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
2853  assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
2854         "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
2855  VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
2856  if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
2857    // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
2858    // an error here
2859    Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
2860    D.setInvalidType();
2861    SC = SC_None;
2862  }
2863  SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
2864  VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
2865    = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
2866
2867  IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2868  if (!II) {
2869    Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
2870      << Name.getAsString();
2871    return 0;
2872  }
2873
2874  DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
2875
2876  if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
2877    // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
2878    // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
2879    if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
2880
2881      // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
2882      // is a GNU extension.
2883      if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
2884        Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
2885      else
2886        Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
2887      D.setInvalidType();
2888    }
2889  }
2890
2891  bool isExplicitSpecialization;
2892  VarDecl *NewVD;
2893  if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2894      NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(),
2895                              II, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
2896
2897    if (D.isInvalidType())
2898      NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
2899  } else {
2900    if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
2901      // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
2902      if (SC == SC_Static) {
2903        Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
2904             diag::err_static_out_of_line)
2905          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
2906      } else if (SC == SC_None)
2907        SC = SC_Static;
2908    }
2909    if (SC == SC_Static) {
2910      if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
2911        if (RD->isLocalClass())
2912          Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
2913               diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
2914            << Name << RD->getDeclName();
2915
2916        // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
2917        // the program is ill-formed.
2918        //
2919        // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
2920        if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName()))
2921          Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
2922               diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct)
2923            << Name << RD->isUnion();
2924      }
2925    }
2926
2927    // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
2928    // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
2929    isExplicitSpecialization = false;
2930    unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size();
2931    bool Invalid = false;
2932    if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
2933        = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
2934                                                  D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2935                                                  D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
2936                                                  TemplateParamLists.get(),
2937                                                  TemplateParamLists.size(),
2938                                                  /*never a friend*/ false,
2939                                                  isExplicitSpecialization,
2940                                                  Invalid)) {
2941      // All but one template parameter lists have been matching.
2942      --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists;
2943
2944      if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
2945        // There is no such thing as a variable template.
2946        Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable)
2947          << II
2948          << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
2949                         TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
2950        return 0;
2951      } else {
2952        // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
2953        // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
2954        Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
2955             diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
2956          << II
2957          << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
2958                         TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
2959
2960        isExplicitSpecialization = true;
2961      }
2962    }
2963
2964    NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(),
2965                            II, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
2966
2967    if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid)
2968      NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
2969
2970    SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
2971
2972    if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
2973      NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
2974                                           NumMatchedTemplateParamLists,
2975                                           TemplateParamLists.release());
2976    }
2977  }
2978
2979  if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) {
2980    if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
2981      Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global);
2982    else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported())
2983      Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
2984    else
2985      NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true);
2986  }
2987
2988  // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
2989  // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
2990  NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
2991
2992  // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
2993  ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
2994
2995  // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
2996  if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
2997    // The parser guarantees this is a string.
2998    StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
2999    llvm::StringRef Label = SE->getString();
3000    if (S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
3001        !Context.Target.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
3002      Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
3003    NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
3004                                                Context, Label));
3005  }
3006
3007  // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
3008  if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
3009    CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
3010
3011  // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
3012  // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
3013  // declaration has linkage).
3014  FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage());
3015
3016  if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3017    CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration);
3018  else {
3019    // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
3020    if (!Previous.empty()) {
3021      if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
3022          isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
3023          D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3024        // The user tried to define a non-static data member
3025        // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
3026        Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
3027          << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3028        Previous.clear();
3029        NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3030      }
3031    } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3032      // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
3033      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
3034        << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
3035        << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3036      NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3037    }
3038
3039    CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration);
3040
3041    // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
3042    if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
3043        CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
3044      NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3045    // For variables declared as __block which require copy construction,
3046    // must capture copy initialization expression here.
3047    if (!NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
3048      QualType T = NewVD->getType();
3049      if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isReferenceType() &&
3050          T->getAs<RecordType>() && !T->isUnionType()) {
3051        Expr *E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(NewVD, T,
3052                                            VK_LValue, SourceLocation());
3053        ExprResult Res = PerformCopyInitialization(
3054                InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(NewVD->getLocation(),
3055                                                   T, false),
3056                SourceLocation(),
3057                Owned(E));
3058        if (!Res.isInvalid()) {
3059          Res = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Res);
3060          Expr *Init = Res.takeAs<Expr>();
3061          Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(NewVD, Init);
3062        }
3063      }
3064    }
3065  }
3066
3067  // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
3068  // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not
3069  // here.
3070  if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3071    VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3072    if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) &&
3073        Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) {
3074      Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
3075      Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3076    }
3077  }
3078
3079  // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of
3080  // such variables.
3081  if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() &&
3082      !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
3083    RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S);
3084
3085  // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
3086  // member, set the visibility of this variable.
3087  if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
3088    AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD);
3089
3090  MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD);
3091
3092  return NewVD;
3093}
3094
3095/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
3096/// -Wshadow.
3097///
3098/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
3099/// scope.
3100///
3101/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
3102/// \param R the lookup of the name
3103///
3104void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
3105  // Return if warning is ignored.
3106  if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
3107        Diagnostic::Ignored)
3108    return;
3109
3110  // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.  The scope might not
3111  // have a DeclContext if (e.g.) we're parsing a function prototype.
3112  DeclContext *NewDC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(S->getEntity());
3113  if (NewDC && NewDC->isFileContext())
3114    return;
3115
3116  // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
3117  if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
3118    return;
3119
3120  NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
3121  if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
3122    return;
3123
3124  DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
3125
3126  // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
3127  if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
3128    // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
3129    if (!OldDC->isRecord())
3130      return;
3131
3132    // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
3133    // static data members from base classes?
3134
3135    // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
3136    // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
3137    // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
3138  }
3139
3140  // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
3141  unsigned Kind;
3142  if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
3143    if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
3144      Kind = 3; // field
3145    else
3146      Kind = 2; // static data member
3147  } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
3148    Kind = 1; // global
3149  else
3150    Kind = 0; // local
3151
3152  DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
3153
3154  // Emit warning and note.
3155  Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
3156  Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3157}
3158
3159/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
3160void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
3161  if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
3162        Diagnostic::Ignored)
3163    return;
3164
3165  LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
3166                 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3167  LookupName(R, S);
3168  CheckShadow(S, D, R);
3169}
3170
3171/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
3172/// declaration.
3173///
3174/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
3175/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
3176/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
3177/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
3178/// that have been instantiated from a template.
3179///
3180/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
3181void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD,
3182                                    LookupResult &Previous,
3183                                    bool &Redeclaration) {
3184  // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
3185  if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
3186    return;
3187
3188  QualType T = NewVD->getType();
3189
3190  if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
3191    Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object);
3192    return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3193  }
3194
3195  // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
3196  // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
3197  // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
3198  // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
3199  if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
3200    Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
3201    return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3202  }
3203
3204  if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
3205      && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
3206    Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
3207
3208  bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
3209  if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
3210      NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
3211    getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
3212
3213  if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
3214      (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
3215    bool SizeIsNegative;
3216    llvm::APSInt Oversized;
3217    QualType FixedTy =
3218        TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3219                                            Oversized);
3220
3221    if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
3222      const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
3223      // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
3224      // int a[10][n];
3225      SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
3226
3227      if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
3228        Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
3229        << SizeRange;
3230      else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
3231        Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
3232        << SizeRange;
3233      else
3234        Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
3235        << SizeRange;
3236      return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3237    }
3238
3239    if (FixedTy.isNull()) {
3240      if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
3241        Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
3242      else
3243        Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
3244      return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3245    }
3246
3247    Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
3248    NewVD->setType(FixedTy);
3249  }
3250
3251  if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) {
3252    // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
3253    // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C"
3254    // declaration with the same name.
3255    llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
3256      = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName());
3257    if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
3258      Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
3259  }
3260
3261  if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
3262    Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
3263      << T;
3264    return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3265  }
3266
3267  if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
3268    Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
3269    return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3270  }
3271
3272  if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
3273    Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
3274    return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3275  }
3276
3277  // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only
3278  // function pointer-to-members can do that.
3279  QualType Pointee;
3280  unsigned PtrOrRef = 0;
3281  if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
3282    Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType();
3283  else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
3284    Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType();
3285    PtrOrRef = 1;
3286  }
3287  if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() &&
3288      Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) {
3289    Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer)
3290        << PtrOrRef;
3291    return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3292  }
3293
3294  if (!Previous.empty()) {
3295    Redeclaration = true;
3296    MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
3297  }
3298}
3299
3300/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
3301struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
3302  Sema *S;
3303  CXXMethodDecl *Method;
3304};
3305
3306/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
3307/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
3308/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
3309static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
3310                                 CXXBasePath &Path,
3311                                 void *UserData) {
3312  RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
3313
3314  FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
3315    = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
3316
3317  DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
3318
3319  // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
3320  if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
3321    // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
3322    QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
3323    CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
3324
3325    Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
3326  }
3327
3328  for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
3329       Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second;
3330       ++Path.Decls.first) {
3331    NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first;
3332    if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
3333      if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
3334        return true;
3335    }
3336  }
3337
3338  return false;
3339}
3340
3341/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
3342/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
3343bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
3344  // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
3345  CXXBasePaths Paths;
3346  FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
3347  Data.Method = MD;
3348  Data.S = this;
3349  bool AddedAny = false;
3350  if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
3351    for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
3352         E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3353      if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
3354        if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
3355            !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
3356            !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD)) {
3357          MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
3358          AddedAny = true;
3359        }
3360      }
3361    }
3362  }
3363
3364  return AddedAny;
3365}
3366
3367static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) {
3368  LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(),
3369                    Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3370  S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext());
3371  assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
3372         "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
3373  for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
3374       Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
3375    if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) &&
3376        isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD))
3377      S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match);
3378  }
3379}
3380
3381/// CheckClassMemberNameAttributes - Check for class member name checking
3382/// attributes according to [dcl.attr.override]
3383static void
3384CheckClassMemberNameAttributes(Sema& SemaRef, const FunctionDecl *FD) {
3385  const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
3386  if (!MD || !MD->isVirtual())
3387    return;
3388
3389  bool HasOverrideAttr = MD->hasAttr<OverrideAttr>();
3390  bool HasOverriddenMethods =
3391    MD->begin_overridden_methods() != MD->end_overridden_methods();
3392
3393  /// C++ [dcl.attr.override]p2:
3394  ///   If a virtual member function f is marked override and does not override
3395  ///   a member function of a base class the program is ill-formed.
3396  if (HasOverrideAttr && !HasOverriddenMethods) {
3397    SemaRef.Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::err_override_function_not_overriding)
3398      << MD->getDeclName();
3399    return;
3400  }
3401
3402  if (!MD->getParent()->hasAttr<BaseCheckAttr>())
3403    return;
3404
3405  /// C++ [dcl.attr.override]p6:
3406  ///   In a class definition marked base_check, if a virtual member function
3407  ///    that is neither implicitly-declared nor a destructor overrides a
3408  ///    member function of a base class and it is not marked override, the
3409  ///    program is ill-formed.
3410  if (HasOverriddenMethods && !HasOverrideAttr && !MD->isImplicit() &&
3411      !isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
3412    llvm::SmallVector<const CXXMethodDecl*, 4>
3413      OverriddenMethods(MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
3414                        MD->end_overridden_methods());
3415
3416    SemaRef.Diag(MD->getLocation(),
3417                 diag::err_function_overriding_without_override)
3418      << MD->getDeclName() << (unsigned)OverriddenMethods.size();
3419
3420    for (unsigned I = 0; I != OverriddenMethods.size(); ++I)
3421      SemaRef.Diag(OverriddenMethods[I]->getLocation(),
3422                   diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
3423  }
3424}
3425
3426NamedDecl*
3427Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
3428                              QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3429                              LookupResult &Previous,
3430                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
3431                              bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) {
3432  assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
3433
3434  // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
3435  DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
3436  DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3437  FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None;
3438  switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
3439  default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!");
3440  case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
3441  case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
3442  case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
3443    Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3444         diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
3445    D.setInvalidType();
3446    break;
3447  case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break;
3448  case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:      SC = SC_Extern; break;
3449  case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
3450    if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
3451      // C99 6.7.1p5:
3452      //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
3453      //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
3454      //   other than extern
3455      // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
3456      Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3457           diag::err_static_block_func);
3458      SC = SC_None;
3459    } else
3460      SC = SC_Static;
3461    break;
3462  }
3463  case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break;
3464  }
3465
3466  if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
3467    Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
3468
3469  // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
3470  if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) {
3471    Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3472         diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0
3473    << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
3474    D.setInvalidType();
3475  }
3476
3477  FunctionDecl *NewFD;
3478  bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
3479  bool isFriend = false;
3480  DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
3481  FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
3482    = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3483  FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
3484  bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
3485  bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
3486  unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = 0;
3487
3488  if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3489    // Determine whether the function was written with a
3490    // prototype. This true when:
3491    //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
3492    //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
3493    //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
3494    bool HasPrototype =
3495    (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
3496    (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
3497
3498    NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC,
3499                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
3500                                 HasPrototype);
3501    if (D.isInvalidType())
3502      NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
3503
3504    // Set the lexical context.
3505    NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
3506    // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
3507    FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage());
3508  } else {
3509    isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
3510    bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
3511    bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
3512    bool isVirtualOkay = false;
3513
3514    // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
3515    // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
3516    // the class has been completely parsed.
3517    if (!DC->isRecord() &&
3518      RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3519                             R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
3520                             diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
3521                             AbstractReturnType))
3522      D.setInvalidType();
3523
3524
3525    if (isFriend) {
3526      // C++ [class.friend]p5
3527      //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
3528      //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
3529      isInline |= IsFunctionDefinition;
3530    }
3531
3532    if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
3533      // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
3534      assert(DC->isRecord() &&
3535             "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
3536
3537      R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
3538
3539      // Create the new declaration
3540      NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context,
3541                                         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
3542                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo,
3543                                         isExplicit, isInline,
3544                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
3545    } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
3546      // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
3547      if (DC->isRecord()) {
3548        R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
3549
3550        NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context,
3551                                          cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
3552                                          NameInfo, R, TInfo,
3553                                          isInline,
3554                                          /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
3555        isVirtualOkay = true;
3556      } else {
3557        Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
3558
3559        // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
3560        // code path.
3561        NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3562                                     Name, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
3563                                     /*hasPrototype=*/true);
3564        D.setInvalidType();
3565      }
3566    } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
3567      if (!DC->isRecord()) {
3568        Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3569             diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
3570        return 0;
3571      }
3572
3573      CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
3574      NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
3575                                        NameInfo, R, TInfo,
3576                                        isInline, isExplicit);
3577
3578      isVirtualOkay = true;
3579    } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
3580      // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this
3581      // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
3582      // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
3583      // constructor if it has no return type).
3584      // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type
3585      if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
3586          Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
3587        Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
3588          << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
3589          << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
3590        return 0;
3591      }
3592
3593      bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static;
3594
3595      // [class.free]p1:
3596      // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member
3597      // (even if not explicitly declared static).
3598      if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
3599          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New)
3600        isStatic = true;
3601
3602      // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member
3603      // (even if not explicitly declared static).
3604      if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
3605          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)
3606        isStatic = true;
3607
3608      // This is a C++ method declaration.
3609      NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
3610                                    NameInfo, R, TInfo,
3611                                    isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline);
3612
3613      isVirtualOkay = !isStatic;
3614    } else {
3615      // Determine whether the function was written with a
3616      // prototype. This true when:
3617      //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
3618      NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC,
3619                                   NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
3620                                   true/*HasPrototype*/);
3621    }
3622    SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
3623    isExplicitSpecialization = false;
3624    isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
3625    NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size();
3626    if (D.isInvalidType())
3627      NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
3628
3629    // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
3630    // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
3631    // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
3632    NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
3633
3634    // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
3635    // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
3636    bool Invalid = false;
3637    if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
3638        = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
3639                                  D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3640                                  D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
3641                                  TemplateParamLists.get(),
3642                                  TemplateParamLists.size(),
3643                                  isFriend,
3644                                  isExplicitSpecialization,
3645                                  Invalid)) {
3646          // All but one template parameter lists have been matching.
3647          --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists;
3648
3649          if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
3650            // This is a function template
3651
3652            // Check that we can declare a template here.
3653            if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
3654              return 0;
3655
3656            FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
3657                                                      NewFD->getLocation(),
3658                                                      Name, TemplateParams,
3659                                                      NewFD);
3660            FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
3661            NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
3662          } else {
3663            // This is a function template specialization.
3664            isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
3665
3666            // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
3667            if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
3668              // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
3669              SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
3670
3671              // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
3672              // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
3673              // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
3674              // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
3675              // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
3676              SourceLocation InsertLoc;
3677              if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
3678                InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
3679                InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
3680              }
3681
3682              Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
3683              << Name << RemoveRange
3684              << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
3685              << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
3686            }
3687          }
3688        }
3689
3690    if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3691      NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
3692                                           NumMatchedTemplateParamLists,
3693                                           TemplateParamLists.release());
3694    }
3695
3696    if (Invalid) {
3697      NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
3698      if (FunctionTemplate)
3699        FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
3700    }
3701
3702    // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
3703    //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
3704    //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
3705    //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
3706    //
3707    if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
3708      if (!isVirtualOkay) {
3709        Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
3710             diag::err_virtual_non_function);
3711      } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
3712        // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
3713        Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
3714          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
3715      } else {
3716        // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
3717        NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
3718      }
3719    }
3720
3721    // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
3722    //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration.
3723    if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
3724      if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
3725        // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
3726        Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
3727             diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
3728          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
3729      }
3730    }
3731
3732    // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
3733    //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
3734    //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1
3735    //  and 12.3.2.
3736    if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
3737      if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
3738        // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
3739        Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
3740             diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
3741          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
3742      } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
3743                 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
3744        // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
3745        // or conversion function.
3746        Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
3747             diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
3748          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
3749      }
3750    }
3751
3752    // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
3753    FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage());
3754
3755    if (isFriend) {
3756      // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration.
3757      if (FunctionTemplate) {
3758        FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
3759        FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
3760      }
3761      NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
3762      NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
3763    }
3764
3765    if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) {
3766      // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class
3767      // definition.
3768      NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
3769    }
3770
3771    if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
3772        !CurContext->isRecord()) {
3773      // C++ [class.static]p1:
3774      //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
3775      //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
3776      //   the class.
3777
3778      // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
3779      // member function definition.
3780      Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3781           diag::err_static_out_of_line)
3782        << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3783    }
3784  }
3785
3786  // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
3787  if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
3788    // The parser guarantees this is a string.
3789    StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
3790    NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
3791                                                SE->getString()));
3792  }
3793
3794  // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
3795  // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
3796  llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
3797  if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
3798    DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
3799
3800    // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
3801    // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
3802    // single void argument.
3803    // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
3804    // already checks for that case.
3805    if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
3806        FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
3807        cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
3808      // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
3809      ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param);
3810
3811      // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
3812      // typedef of void is not permitted.
3813      if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
3814          Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy)
3815        Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void);
3816    } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
3817      for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
3818        ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
3819        assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
3820        Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
3821        Params.push_back(Param);
3822
3823        if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
3824          NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
3825      }
3826    }
3827
3828  } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
3829    // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
3830    // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
3831    // parameters for use in the declaration.
3832    //
3833    // @code
3834    // typedef void fn(int);
3835    // fn f;
3836    // @endcode
3837
3838    // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
3839    for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
3840         AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
3841      ParmVarDecl *Param =
3842        BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
3843      Params.push_back(Param);
3844    }
3845  } else {
3846    assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
3847           "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
3848  }
3849  // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
3850  NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size());
3851
3852  bool OverloadableAttrRequired=false; // FIXME: HACK!
3853  if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3854    // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
3855    bool isExplctSpecialization=false;
3856    CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplctSpecialization,
3857                             Redeclaration,
3858                             /*FIXME:*/OverloadableAttrRequired);
3859    assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration ||
3860            Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
3861           "previous declaration set still overloaded");
3862  } else {
3863    // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
3864    // argument list into our AST format.
3865    bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
3866    TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
3867    if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
3868      TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
3869      TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
3870      TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
3871      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
3872                                         TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
3873                                         TemplateId->NumArgs);
3874      translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
3875                                 TemplateArgs);
3876      TemplateArgsPtr.release();
3877
3878      HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
3879
3880      if (FunctionTemplate) {
3881        // FIXME: Diagnose function template with explicit template
3882        // arguments.
3883        HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
3884      } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
3885                 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
3886        // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
3887        // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
3888        // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
3889        // too few of them).
3890        Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
3891          << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
3892          << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
3893                                        D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3894                                                  "template<> ");
3895        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
3896      } else {
3897        // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
3898        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
3899      }
3900    } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
3901      // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
3902      // wrote something like:
3903      //   template <> friend void foo(int);
3904      // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
3905      //   friend void foo<>(int);
3906      // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
3907      HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
3908        TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
3909      TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
3910    }
3911
3912    // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
3913    // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
3914    // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
3915    // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
3916    if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
3917        (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) {
3918      assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
3919             "friend function specialization without template args");
3920      if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
3921                                                       Previous))
3922        NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
3923    } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
3924      if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
3925                                              (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
3926                                              Previous))
3927        NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
3928    } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
3929      if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
3930          NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
3931    }
3932
3933    // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
3934    bool flag_c_overloaded=false; // unused for c++
3935    CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization,
3936                             Redeclaration, /*FIXME:*/flag_c_overloaded);
3937
3938    assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration ||
3939            Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
3940           "previous declaration set still overloaded");
3941
3942    NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
3943                                ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
3944                                : NewFD);
3945
3946    if (isFriend && Redeclaration) {
3947      AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
3948      if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
3949        Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess();
3950
3951      NewFD->setAccess(Access);
3952      if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
3953
3954      PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true);
3955    }
3956
3957    if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
3958        PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
3959      PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
3960
3961    // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
3962    // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
3963    if (FunctionTemplate) {
3964      FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration();
3965      CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3966                                 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
3967                                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate
3968                                                  : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
3969    }
3970
3971    if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
3972      // Ignore all the rest of this.
3973    } else if (!Redeclaration) {
3974      // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
3975      if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
3976        NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
3977
3978      // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
3979      if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3980        // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
3981        // dependent-scope friend declarations.
3982
3983        // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
3984        // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
3985        // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
3986        // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
3987        // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
3988        // can actually do this check immediately.
3989        if (isFriend &&
3990            (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists ||
3991             D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
3992             CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
3993              // ignore these
3994            } else {
3995              // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
3996              // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
3997              // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
3998              // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
3999              //
4000              // class X {
4001              //   void f() const;
4002              // };
4003              //
4004              // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
4005              //
4006              // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
4007              // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
4008              // whether the parameter types are references).
4009              Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match)
4010              << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4011              NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4012
4013              DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD);
4014            }
4015
4016        // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
4017        // to something.
4018        } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
4019          Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend);
4020          NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4021          DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD);
4022        }
4023
4024    } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
4025               !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
4026               !isExplicitSpecialization) {
4027      // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
4028      // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4029      // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
4030      // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
4031      // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension
4032      // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them.
4033      Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
4034        << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4035    }
4036  }
4037
4038
4039  // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes
4040  // (for example to check for conflicts, etc).
4041  // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then,
4042  // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts.
4043  ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
4044
4045  // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
4046  // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging
4047  if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) {
4048    const FunctionDecl *Def;
4049    FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
4050    if (PrevFD && PrevFD->hasBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) {
4051      Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
4052      Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4053    }
4054  }
4055
4056  AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
4057
4058  if (OverloadableAttrRequired && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
4059    // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
4060    // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
4061    Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
4062      << Redeclaration << NewFD;
4063    if (!Previous.empty())
4064      Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
4065           diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
4066    NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), Context));
4067  }
4068
4069  if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
4070      !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
4071    Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
4072         diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
4073      << NewFD;
4074
4075    // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
4076    const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
4077    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
4078    EPI.Variadic = true;
4079    EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
4080
4081    QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI);
4082    NewFD->setType(R);
4083  }
4084
4085  // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
4086  // member, set the visibility of this function.
4087  if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
4088    AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
4089
4090  // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the
4091  // map of such names.
4092  if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC()
4093      && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
4094    RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S);
4095
4096  // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
4097  NewFD->setLocEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
4098
4099  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4100    if (FunctionTemplate) {
4101      if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
4102        FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
4103      return FunctionTemplate;
4104    }
4105    CheckClassMemberNameAttributes(*this, NewFD);
4106  }
4107
4108  MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
4109  return NewFD;
4110}
4111
4112/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
4113///
4114/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
4115/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
4116/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
4117/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
4118/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
4119/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
4120/// via InstantiateDecl).
4121///
4122/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is
4123/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
4124///
4125/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
4126void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
4127                                    LookupResult &Previous,
4128                                    bool IsExplicitSpecialization,
4129                                    bool &Redeclaration,
4130                                    bool &OverloadableAttrRequired) {
4131  // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking.
4132  if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
4133    // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
4134    // This avoids some consistency errors later.
4135    if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
4136      cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
4137
4138    return;
4139  }
4140
4141  if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4142    // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
4143    // because all functions have linkage.
4144    Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
4145    return NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4146  }
4147
4148  if (NewFD->isMain())
4149    CheckMain(NewFD);
4150
4151  // Check for a previous declaration of this name.
4152  if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
4153    // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
4154    // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C"
4155    // declaration with the same name.
4156    llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4157      = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName());
4158    if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
4159      Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
4160  }
4161
4162  // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
4163  // the same name, if appropriate.
4164  if (!Previous.empty()) {
4165    // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
4166    // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
4167    // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
4168    // function to the scope.
4169
4170    NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
4171    if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
4172      Redeclaration = true;
4173      OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
4174    } else {
4175      if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4176        OverloadableAttrRequired = true;
4177
4178      switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
4179                            /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
4180      case Ovl_Match:
4181        Redeclaration = true;
4182        break;
4183
4184      case Ovl_NonFunction:
4185        Redeclaration = true;
4186        break;
4187
4188      case Ovl_Overload:
4189        Redeclaration = false;
4190        break;
4191      }
4192    }
4193
4194    if (Redeclaration) {
4195      // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
4196      // merged.
4197      if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl))
4198        return NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4199
4200      Previous.clear();
4201      Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
4202
4203      if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
4204                                    = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
4205        NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
4206        FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
4207          = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
4208        assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
4209        if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
4210              = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
4211          Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
4212          NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
4213        }
4214
4215        // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
4216        // template, mark it as a member specialization.
4217        if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
4218            NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
4219          NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
4220          assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
4221        }
4222      } else {
4223        if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions
4224          NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
4225        NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
4226      }
4227    }
4228  }
4229
4230  // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
4231  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4232    // C++-specific checks.
4233    if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
4234      CheckConstructor(Constructor);
4235    } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
4236                dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
4237      CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
4238      QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4239
4240      // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
4241      // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
4242      if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
4243        DeclarationName Name
4244          = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4245                                        Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
4246        if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
4247          Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
4248          return NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4249        }
4250      }
4251    } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
4252               = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
4253      ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
4254    }
4255
4256    // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
4257    if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
4258      if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
4259          !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
4260        if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
4261          // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
4262          if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
4263            Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual)
4264              << NewFD->getDeclName();
4265            for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator
4266                      Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(),
4267                   OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods();
4268                 Overridden != OverriddenEnd;
4269                 ++Overridden) {
4270              Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(),
4271                   diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
4272            }
4273          }
4274        }
4275      }
4276    }
4277
4278    // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
4279    if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
4280        CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD))
4281      return NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4282
4283    // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
4284    if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
4285        CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD))
4286      return NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4287
4288    // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
4289    // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
4290    // during delayed parsing anyway.
4291    if (!CurContext->isRecord())
4292      CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
4293
4294    // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
4295    // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
4296    if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
4297      ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
4298      QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
4299      if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
4300        // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
4301        // so forget about the builtin entirely.
4302        Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
4303      }
4304    }
4305  }
4306}
4307
4308void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) {
4309  // C++ [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline
4310  //   or static is ill-formed.
4311  // C99 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier
4312  //   shall not appear in a declaration of main.
4313  // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
4314  bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified();
4315  bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static;
4316  if (isInline || isStatic) {
4317    unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl;
4318    if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4319      diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl;
4320
4321    int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1;
4322    Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which;
4323  }
4324
4325  QualType T = FD->getType();
4326  assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
4327  const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
4328
4329  if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
4330    TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4331    TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens();
4332    const SemaDiagnosticBuilder& D = Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(),
4333                                          diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
4334    if (FunctionTypeLoc* PTL = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeLoc>(&TL)) {
4335      D << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(PTL->getResultLoc().getSourceRange(),
4336                                        "int");
4337    }
4338    FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
4339  }
4340
4341  // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
4342  if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
4343
4344  const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
4345  unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
4346  assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
4347
4348  bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
4349
4350  // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
4351  // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
4352  // getting shifty.
4353  if (nparams == 4 &&
4354      Context.Target.getTriple().getOS() == llvm::Triple::Darwin)
4355    HasExtraParameters = false;
4356
4357  if (HasExtraParameters) {
4358    Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
4359    FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
4360    nparams = 3;
4361  }
4362
4363  // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
4364  // if we had some location information about types.
4365
4366  QualType CharPP =
4367    Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
4368  QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
4369
4370  for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
4371    QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
4372
4373    bool mismatch = true;
4374
4375    if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
4376      mismatch = false;
4377    else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
4378      // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
4379      //   char const **
4380      //   char const * const *
4381      //   char * const *
4382
4383      QualifierCollector qs;
4384      const PointerType* PT;
4385      if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
4386          (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
4387          (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) {
4388        qs.removeConst();
4389        mismatch = !qs.empty();
4390      }
4391    }
4392
4393    if (mismatch) {
4394      Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
4395      // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
4396      FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
4397    }
4398  }
4399
4400  if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
4401    Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
4402  }
4403
4404  if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
4405    Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl);
4406    FD->setInvalidDecl();
4407  }
4408}
4409
4410bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
4411  // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
4412  // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
4413  // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
4414  // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
4415  // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
4416  // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
4417  // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
4418  // rules there don't matter.)
4419  if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
4420    return false;
4421  Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
4422    << Init->getSourceRange();
4423  return true;
4424}
4425
4426void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init) {
4427  AddInitializerToDecl(dcl, init, /*DirectInit=*/false);
4428}
4429
4430/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
4431/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
4432/// initialization rather than copy initialization.
4433void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) {
4434  // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
4435  // the initializer.
4436  if (RealDecl == 0)
4437    return;
4438
4439  if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
4440    // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
4441    // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
4442    // Thus this grotesque test.
4443    IntegerLiteral *IL;
4444    if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
4445        Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
4446      CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
4447    else {
4448      Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
4449        << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
4450      Method->setInvalidDecl();
4451    }
4452    return;
4453  }
4454
4455  VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
4456  if (!VDecl) {
4457    if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4458        RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
4459        isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl))
4460      Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization);
4461    else
4462      Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
4463    RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4464    return;
4465  }
4466
4467
4468
4469  // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
4470  // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the
4471  // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
4472  QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
4473  if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
4474    BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
4475  if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
4476                          diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
4477    RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4478    return;
4479  }
4480
4481  // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
4482  if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
4483                             diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
4484                             AbstractVariableType))
4485    VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4486
4487  const VarDecl *Def;
4488  if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
4489    Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
4490      << VDecl->getDeclName();
4491    Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4492    VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4493    return;
4494  }
4495
4496  const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
4497  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4498    // C++ [class.static.data]p4
4499    //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
4500    //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
4501    //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
4502    //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
4503    //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
4504    //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
4505    //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
4506    //
4507    // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
4508    // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
4509    // declaration with an initializer.
4510    if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
4511      Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName();
4512      Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4513      return;
4514    }
4515
4516    if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
4517      getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4518
4519    if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
4520      VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4521      return;
4522    }
4523  }
4524
4525  // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of
4526  // initialization.
4527  InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
4528
4529  // FIXME: Poor source location information.
4530  InitializationKind Kind
4531    = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
4532                                                   Init->getLocStart(),
4533                                                   Init->getLocEnd())
4534                : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
4535                                                 Init->getLocStart());
4536
4537  // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
4538  // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
4539  QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
4540  if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
4541    if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5
4542      Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
4543      VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4544    } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
4545      InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1);
4546      ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
4547                                                MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1),
4548                                                &DclT);
4549      if (Result.isInvalid()) {
4550        VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4551        return;
4552      }
4553
4554      Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
4555
4556      // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers.
4557      // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics.
4558      if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
4559        if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4.
4560          CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
4561      }
4562    }
4563  } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
4564             VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
4565    // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
4566    //
4567    // struct S {
4568    //   static const int value = 17;
4569    // };
4570
4571    // Try to perform the initialization regardless.
4572    if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
4573      InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1);
4574      ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
4575                                          MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1),
4576                                          &DclT);
4577      if (Result.isInvalid()) {
4578        VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4579        return;
4580      }
4581
4582      Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
4583    }
4584
4585    // C++ [class.mem]p4:
4586    //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
4587    //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
4588    //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
4589    QualType T = VDecl->getType();
4590
4591    // Do nothing on dependent types.
4592    if (T->isDependentType()) {
4593
4594    // Require constness.
4595    } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
4596      Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
4597        << Init->getSourceRange();
4598      VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4599
4600    // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
4601    } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
4602      if (!Init->isValueDependent()) {
4603        // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
4604        llvm::APSInt Value;
4605        SourceLocation Loc;
4606        if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) {
4607          Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
4608            << Init->getSourceRange();
4609          VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4610        }
4611      }
4612
4613    // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and
4614    // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really
4615    // implement fully.
4616    } else {
4617      bool Allowed = false;
4618      if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) {
4619        Allowed = T->isLiteralType();
4620      } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
4621        Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
4622          << T << Init->getSourceRange();
4623        Allowed = true;
4624      }
4625
4626      if (!Allowed) {
4627        Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
4628          << T << Init->getSourceRange();
4629        VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4630
4631      // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't.
4632      } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() &&
4633                 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) {
4634        Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
4635          << Init->getSourceRange();
4636        VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4637      }
4638    }
4639  } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
4640    if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern &&
4641        (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
4642         !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()))
4643      Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
4644    if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
4645      InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1);
4646      ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
4647                                                MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1),
4648                                                &DclT);
4649      if (Result.isInvalid()) {
4650        VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4651        return;
4652      }
4653
4654      Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
4655    }
4656
4657    // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers.
4658    // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics.
4659    if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
4660      // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
4661      CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
4662    }
4663  }
4664  // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
4665  // completed by the initializer. For example:
4666  //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
4667  // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
4668  if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) {
4669    VDecl->setType(DclT);
4670    Init->setType(DclT);
4671  }
4672
4673
4674  // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it
4675  // doesn't have a flexible member initialization.  We only support this as a
4676  // global/static definition.
4677  if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
4678    if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
4679      if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
4680        // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible
4681        // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list.
4682        if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
4683          unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(),
4684                                         RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1;
4685          if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() &&
4686              !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) &&
4687                cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) {
4688            Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable);
4689            VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4690          }
4691        }
4692      }
4693
4694  // Check any implicit conversions within the expression.
4695  CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation());
4696
4697  Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init);
4698  // Attach the initializer to the decl.
4699  VDecl->setInit(Init);
4700
4701  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4702    if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
4703        !VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
4704        VDecl->hasGlobalStorage() && !VDecl->isStaticLocal() &&
4705        !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context,
4706                                     VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()))
4707      Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
4708        << Init->getSourceRange();
4709
4710    // Make sure we mark the destructor as used if necessary.
4711    QualType InitType = VDecl->getType();
4712    while (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(InitType))
4713      InitType = Context.getBaseElementType(Array);
4714    if (const RecordType *Record = InitType->getAs<RecordType>())
4715      FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VDecl, Record);
4716  }
4717
4718  return;
4719}
4720
4721/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
4722/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
4723/// of sanity.
4724void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
4725  // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
4726  // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
4727  if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
4728
4729  VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
4730  if (!VD) return;
4731
4732  QualType Ty = VD->getType();
4733  if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
4734
4735  // Require a complete type.
4736  if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
4737                          Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
4738                          diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
4739    VD->setInvalidDecl();
4740    return;
4741  }
4742
4743  // Require an abstract type.
4744  if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
4745                             diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
4746                             AbstractVariableType)) {
4747    VD->setInvalidDecl();
4748    return;
4749  }
4750
4751  // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
4752  // though.
4753}
4754
4755void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
4756                                  bool TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) {
4757  // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
4758  if (RealDecl == 0)
4759    return;
4760
4761  if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
4762    QualType Type = Var->getType();
4763
4764    // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3
4765    if (TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) {
4766      Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
4767        << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
4768      Var->setInvalidDecl();
4769      return;
4770    }
4771
4772    switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
4773    case VarDecl::Definition:
4774      if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
4775        break;
4776
4777      // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
4778      // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
4779      // a declaration.
4780      //
4781      // Fall through
4782
4783    case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
4784      // It's only a declaration.
4785
4786      // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
4787      // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
4788      // object shall be complete.
4789      if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
4790          !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
4791          RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
4792                              diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
4793        Var->setInvalidDecl();
4794
4795      // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
4796      if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
4797          RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
4798                                 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
4799                                 AbstractVariableType))
4800        Var->setInvalidDecl();
4801      return;
4802
4803    case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
4804      // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
4805      // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
4806      // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
4807      // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
4808      // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
4809      if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
4810        if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
4811                                    = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
4812          if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
4813                                  ArrayT->getElementType(),
4814                                  diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
4815            Var->setInvalidDecl();
4816        } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
4817          // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
4818          // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
4819          // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
4820          // NOTE: code such as the following
4821          //     static struct s;
4822          //     struct s { int a; };
4823          // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
4824          // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
4825          // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
4826          if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0)
4827            RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
4828                                diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
4829        }
4830      }
4831
4832      // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
4833      if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
4834        TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
4835      return;
4836    }
4837
4838    // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
4839    // definitions with incomplete array type.
4840    if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
4841      Diag(Var->getLocation(),
4842           diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
4843      Var->setInvalidDecl();
4844      return;
4845    }
4846
4847    // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
4848    // definitions with reference type.
4849    if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
4850      Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
4851        << Var->getDeclName()
4852        << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
4853      Var->setInvalidDecl();
4854      return;
4855    }
4856
4857    // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
4858    // variable with dependent type.
4859    if (Type->isDependentType())
4860      return;
4861
4862    if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
4863      return;
4864
4865    if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
4866                            Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
4867                            diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
4868      Var->setInvalidDecl();
4869      return;
4870    }
4871
4872    // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
4873    if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
4874                               diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
4875                               AbstractVariableType)) {
4876      Var->setInvalidDecl();
4877      return;
4878    }
4879
4880    const RecordType *Record
4881      = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>();
4882    if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
4883        cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) {
4884      // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
4885      //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
4886      //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
4887      //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
4888      //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
4889      //   type shall have a user-declared default
4890      //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
4891      //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
4892      //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
4893      //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
4894      //   program is ill-formed.
4895      // FIXME: DPG thinks it is very fishy that C++0x disables this.
4896    } else {
4897      // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
4898      // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
4899      // storage duration", not a "local variable".
4900      if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage())
4901        getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4902
4903      InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
4904      InitializationKind Kind
4905        = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
4906
4907      InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0);
4908      ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
4909                                        MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0));
4910      if (Init.isInvalid())
4911        Var->setInvalidDecl();
4912      else if (Init.get()) {
4913        Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
4914
4915        if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
4916            Var->hasGlobalStorage() && !Var->isStaticLocal() &&
4917            !Var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
4918            !Var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
4919          Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor);
4920      }
4921    }
4922
4923    if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Record)
4924      FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record);
4925  }
4926}
4927
4928Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
4929Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
4930                              Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
4931  llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
4932
4933  if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
4934    Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
4935
4936  for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
4937    if (Decl *D = Group[i])
4938      Decls.push_back(D);
4939
4940  return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context,
4941                                                   Decls.data(), Decls.size()));
4942}
4943
4944
4945/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
4946/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
4947Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4948  const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
4949
4950  // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
4951  VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
4952  VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None;
4953  if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
4954    StorageClass = SC_Register;
4955    StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register;
4956  } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
4957    Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4958         diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
4959    D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
4960  }
4961
4962  if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
4963    Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
4964
4965  DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
4966
4967  TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0;
4968  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl);
4969  QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
4970
4971  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4972    // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
4973    // parameter.
4974    CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4975
4976    if (OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) {
4977      // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
4978      //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
4979      Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
4980        << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl);
4981    }
4982
4983    // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4984    if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4985      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
4986        << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4987      D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
4988    }
4989
4990    // FIXME: Variadic templates.
4991    if (D.hasEllipsis()) {
4992      Diag(D.getEllipsisLoc(), diag::err_function_parameter_pack_unsupported);
4993      D.setInvalidType();
4994    }
4995  }
4996
4997  // Ensure we have a valid name
4998  IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
4999  if (D.hasName()) {
5000    II = D.getIdentifier();
5001    if (!II) {
5002      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
5003        << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
5004      D.setInvalidType(true);
5005    }
5006  }
5007
5008  // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
5009  if (II) {
5010    LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
5011                   ForRedeclaration);
5012    LookupName(R, S);
5013    if (R.isSingleResult()) {
5014      NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5015      if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
5016        // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5017        DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
5018        // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5019        PrevDecl = 0;
5020      } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
5021        Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
5022        Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5023
5024        // Recover by removing the name
5025        II = 0;
5026        D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
5027        D.setInvalidType(true);
5028      }
5029    }
5030  }
5031
5032  // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
5033  // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
5034  // looking like class members in C++.
5035  ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5036                                    TInfo, parmDeclType, II,
5037                                    D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5038                                    StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten);
5039
5040  if (D.isInvalidType())
5041    New->setInvalidDecl();
5042
5043  // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
5044  S->AddDecl(New);
5045  if (II)
5046    IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
5047
5048  ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
5049
5050  if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5051    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
5052  }
5053  return New;
5054}
5055
5056/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
5057/// typedef.
5058ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
5059                                              SourceLocation Loc,
5060                                              QualType T) {
5061  ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, 0,
5062                                T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
5063                                           SC_None, SC_None, 0);
5064  Param->setImplicit();
5065  return Param;
5066}
5067
5068void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
5069                                    ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
5070  // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
5071  // will already have done so in the template itself.
5072  if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
5073    return;
5074
5075  for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
5076    if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
5077        !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
5078      Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
5079        << (*Param)->getDeclName();
5080    }
5081  }
5082}
5083
5084void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
5085                                                  ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
5086                                                  QualType ReturnTy,
5087                                                  NamedDecl *D) {
5088  if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
5089    return;
5090
5091  // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
5092  // threshold.
5093  if (ReturnTy->isPODType()) {
5094    unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
5095    if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
5096      Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
5097          << D->getDeclName() << Size;
5098  }
5099
5100  // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
5101  // threshold.
5102  for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
5103    QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
5104    if (!T->isPODType())
5105      continue;
5106    unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
5107    if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
5108      Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
5109          << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
5110  }
5111}
5112
5113ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC,
5114                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, QualType T,
5115                                  IdentifierInfo *Name,
5116                                  SourceLocation NameLoc,
5117                                  VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass,
5118                                  VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) {
5119  ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, NameLoc, Name,
5120                                         adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo,
5121                                         StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten,
5122                                         0);
5123
5124  // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
5125  // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
5126  // the class has been completely parsed.
5127  if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
5128      RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
5129                             AbstractParamType))
5130    New->setInvalidDecl();
5131
5132  // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
5133  // passed by reference.
5134  if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
5135    Diag(NameLoc,
5136         diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T;
5137    New->setInvalidDecl();
5138  }
5139
5140  // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
5141  // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
5142  // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
5143  // an address space.
5144  if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
5145    Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
5146    New->setInvalidDecl();
5147  }
5148
5149  return New;
5150}
5151
5152void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5153                                           SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
5154  DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
5155
5156  // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
5157  // for a K&R function.
5158  if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
5159    for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
5160      --i;
5161      if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
5162        llvm::SmallString<256> Code;
5163        llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
5164                                        << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
5165                                        << ";\n";
5166        Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
5167          << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
5168          << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
5169
5170        // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
5171        // type.
5172        DeclSpec DS;
5173        const char* PrevSpec; // unused
5174        unsigned DiagID; // unused
5175        DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
5176                           PrevSpec, DiagID);
5177        Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
5178        ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
5179        FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
5180      }
5181    }
5182  }
5183}
5184
5185Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
5186                                         Declarator &D) {
5187  assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
5188  assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
5189  Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
5190
5191  Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D,
5192                              MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this),
5193                              /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true);
5194  return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
5195}
5196
5197static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5198  // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
5199  if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
5200    return false;
5201
5202  // Or declarations that aren't global.
5203  if (!FD->isGlobal())
5204    return false;
5205
5206  // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
5207  if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
5208    return false;
5209
5210  // Don't warn about 'main'.
5211  if (FD->isMain())
5212    return false;
5213
5214  // Don't warn about inline functions.
5215  if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
5216    return false;
5217
5218  // Don't warn about function templates.
5219  if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
5220    return false;
5221
5222  // Don't warn about function template specializations.
5223  if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
5224    return false;
5225
5226  bool MissingPrototype = true;
5227  for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration();
5228       Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
5229    // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
5230    // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
5231    if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
5232      continue;
5233
5234    MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
5235    break;
5236  }
5237
5238  return MissingPrototype;
5239}
5240
5241Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
5242  // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
5243  LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
5244
5245  if (!D)
5246    return D;
5247  FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
5248
5249  if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
5250    FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
5251  else
5252    FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5253
5254  // Enter a new function scope
5255  PushFunctionScope();
5256
5257  // See if this is a redefinition.
5258  // But don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
5259  // was an extern inline function.
5260  const FunctionDecl *Definition;
5261  if (FD->hasBody(Definition) &&
5262      !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) {
5263    if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
5264        Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
5265      Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
5266        << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
5267    else
5268      Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
5269    Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
5270  }
5271
5272  // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
5273  if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
5274    if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
5275      Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
5276      FD->setInvalidDecl();
5277    }
5278  }
5279
5280  // The return type of a function definition must be complete
5281  // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
5282  QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
5283  if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
5284      !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5285      RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
5286                          diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
5287    FD->setInvalidDecl();
5288
5289  // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
5290  //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
5291  //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
5292  //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
5293  //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
5294  if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD))
5295    Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
5296
5297  if (FnBodyScope)
5298    PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
5299
5300  // Check the validity of our function parameters
5301  CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
5302                           /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
5303
5304  // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
5305  for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
5306    ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
5307    Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
5308
5309    // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5310    if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
5311      CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
5312
5313      PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
5314    }
5315  }
5316
5317  // Checking attributes of current function definition
5318  // dllimport attribute.
5319  DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5320  if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
5321    // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
5322    if (!DA->isInherited()) {
5323      Diag(FD->getLocation(),
5324           diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
5325        << "dllimport";
5326      FD->setInvalidDecl();
5327      return FD;
5328    }
5329
5330    // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
5331    // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
5332    if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) {
5333      // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
5334      // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
5335      // emitted.
5336      Diag(FD->getLocation(),
5337           diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5338        << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
5339    }
5340  }
5341  return FD;
5342}
5343
5344/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
5345/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
5346/// optimization.
5347///
5348/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
5349/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
5350/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
5351/// use the named return value optimization.
5352///
5353/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
5354/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
5355/// the NRVO variable.
5356///
5357/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
5358/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
5359/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
5360static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
5361  ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
5362
5363  const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
5364  for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
5365    if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
5366      return;
5367
5368    if (!NRVOCandidate)
5369      NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
5370    else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
5371      return;
5372  }
5373
5374  if (NRVOCandidate)
5375    const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
5376}
5377
5378Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
5379  return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false);
5380}
5381
5382Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
5383                                    bool IsInstantiation) {
5384  FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
5385  FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
5386  if (FunTmpl)
5387    FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
5388  else
5389    FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
5390
5391  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
5392
5393  if (FD) {
5394    FD->setBody(Body);
5395    if (FD->isMain()) {
5396      // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0.
5397      // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
5398      FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
5399      WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
5400    }
5401
5402    if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5403      DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
5404      DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
5405                                             FD->getResultType(), FD);
5406
5407      // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
5408      if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
5409        MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
5410
5411      ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
5412    }
5413
5414    assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused");
5415  } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
5416    assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
5417    MD->setBody(Body);
5418    if (Body)
5419      MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd());
5420    if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5421      DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
5422      DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
5423                                             MD->getResultType(), MD);
5424    }
5425  } else {
5426    return 0;
5427  }
5428
5429  // Verify and clean out per-function state.
5430
5431  // Check goto/label use.
5432  FunctionScopeInfo *CurFn = getCurFunction();
5433  for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator
5434         I = CurFn->LabelMap.begin(), E = CurFn->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5435    LabelStmt *L = I->second;
5436
5437    // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
5438    // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
5439    // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
5440    if (L->getSubStmt() != 0) {
5441      if (!L->isUsed())
5442        Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::warn_unused_label) << L->getName();
5443      continue;
5444    }
5445
5446    // Emit error.
5447    Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName();
5448
5449    // At this point, we have gotos that use the bogus label.  Stitch it into
5450    // the function body so that they aren't leaked and that the AST is well
5451    // formed.
5452    if (Body == 0) {
5453      // The whole function wasn't parsed correctly.
5454      continue;
5455    }
5456
5457    // Otherwise, the body is valid: we want to stitch the label decl into the
5458    // function somewhere so that it is properly owned and so that the goto
5459    // has a valid target.  Do this by creating a new compound stmt with the
5460    // label in it.
5461
5462    // Give the label a sub-statement.
5463    L->setSubStmt(new (Context) NullStmt(L->getIdentLoc()));
5464
5465    CompoundStmt *Compound = isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body) ?
5466                               cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)->getTryBlock() :
5467                               cast<CompoundStmt>(Body);
5468    llvm::SmallVector<Stmt*, 64> Elements(Compound->body_begin(),
5469                                          Compound->body_end());
5470    Elements.push_back(L);
5471    Compound->setStmts(Context, Elements.data(), Elements.size());
5472  }
5473
5474  if (Body) {
5475    // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
5476    // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
5477    // Verify this.
5478    if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
5479      DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
5480
5481    // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
5482    // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
5483    if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
5484        !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
5485        !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction())
5486      DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
5487
5488    if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
5489      if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
5490        CheckDestructor(Destructor);
5491
5492      MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
5493                                             Destructor->getParent());
5494    }
5495
5496    // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
5497    // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
5498    // deletion in some later function.
5499    if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred())
5500      ExprTemporaries.clear();
5501    else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
5502      // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
5503      // enabled.
5504      QualType ResultType;
5505      if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
5506        AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, FD);
5507      } else {
5508        ObjCMethodDecl *MD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl);
5509        AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, MD);
5510      }
5511    }
5512
5513    assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
5514  }
5515
5516  if (!IsInstantiation)
5517    PopDeclContext();
5518
5519  PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
5520
5521  // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
5522  // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
5523  // deletion in some later function.
5524  if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred())
5525    ExprTemporaries.clear();
5526
5527  return dcl;
5528}
5529
5530/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
5531/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
5532NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
5533                                          IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
5534  // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
5535  // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
5536  // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
5537  // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
5538  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
5539    = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II);
5540  if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) {
5541    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second;
5542    Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5543    return Pos->second;
5544  }
5545
5546  // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
5547  if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
5548    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II;
5549  else if (getLangOptions().C99)
5550    Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II;
5551  else
5552    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II;
5553
5554  // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
5555  const char *Dummy;
5556  DeclSpec DS;
5557  unsigned DiagID;
5558  bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
5559  (void)Error; // Silence warning.
5560  assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
5561  Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
5562  D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(ParsedAttributes(),
5563                                             false, false, SourceLocation(), 0,
5564                                             0, 0, false, SourceLocation(),
5565                                             false, 0,0,0, Loc, Loc, D),
5566                SourceLocation());
5567  D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
5568
5569  // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
5570
5571  DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
5572  CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
5573
5574  FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
5575  FD->setImplicit();
5576
5577  CurContext = PrevDC;
5578
5579  AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
5580
5581  return FD;
5582}
5583
5584/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
5585/// the declaration of this function.
5586///
5587/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
5588/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
5589/// like NSLog or printf.
5590void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
5591  if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
5592    return;
5593
5594  // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
5595  // actual attributes.
5596  if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
5597    // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
5598    unsigned FormatIdx;
5599    bool HasVAListArg;
5600    if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
5601      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
5602        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
5603                                                "printf", FormatIdx+1,
5604                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
5605    }
5606    if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
5607                                             HasVAListArg)) {
5608     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
5609       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
5610                                              "scanf", FormatIdx+1,
5611                                              HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
5612    }
5613
5614    // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
5615    // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
5616    // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
5617    if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno &&
5618        Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
5619      if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
5620        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
5621    }
5622
5623    if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID))
5624      FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
5625    if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID))
5626      FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
5627  }
5628
5629  IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
5630  if (!Name)
5631    return;
5632  if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5633       FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
5634      (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
5635       cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
5636       LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
5637    // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
5638    // about.
5639  } else
5640    return;
5641
5642  if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) {
5643    // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific
5644    if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
5645      // FIXME: We known better than our headers.
5646      const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf");
5647    } else
5648      FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
5649                                             "printf", 1,
5650                                             Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2));
5651  } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
5652    // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
5653    // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
5654    if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
5655      FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
5656                                             "printf", 2,
5657                                             Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
5658  }
5659}
5660
5661TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
5662                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
5663  assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
5664  assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
5665
5666  if (!TInfo) {
5667    assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
5668    TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
5669  }
5670
5671  // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
5672  TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
5673                                           D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5674                                           D.getIdentifier(),
5675                                           TInfo);
5676
5677  if (const TagType *TT = T->getAs<TagType>()) {
5678    TagDecl *TD = TT->getDecl();
5679
5680    // If the TagDecl that the TypedefDecl points to is an anonymous decl
5681    // keep track of the TypedefDecl.
5682    if (!TD->getIdentifier() && !TD->getTypedefForAnonDecl())
5683      TD->setTypedefForAnonDecl(NewTD);
5684  }
5685
5686  if (D.isInvalidType())
5687    NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
5688  return NewTD;
5689}
5690
5691
5692/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
5693/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
5694///
5695/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
5696bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
5697                                        TagTypeKind NewTag,
5698                                        SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
5699                                        const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
5700  // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
5701  //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
5702  //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
5703  //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
5704  //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
5705  //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
5706  //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
5707  //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
5708  //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
5709  //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
5710  //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
5711  //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
5712  //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
5713  TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
5714  if (OldTag == NewTag)
5715    return true;
5716
5717  if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) &&
5718      (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) {
5719    // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
5720    bool isTemplate = false;
5721    if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
5722      isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
5723
5724    Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
5725      << (NewTag == TTK_Class)
5726      << isTemplate << &Name
5727      << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
5728                              OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct");
5729    Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
5730    return true;
5731  }
5732  return false;
5733}
5734
5735/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
5736/// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
5737/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
5738/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
5739Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5740                     SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5741                     IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
5742                     AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
5743                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5744                     bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
5745                     bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
5746                     TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
5747  // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
5748  assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
5749         "Nameless record must be a definition!");
5750  assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
5751
5752  OwnedDecl = false;
5753  TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
5754
5755  // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
5756  bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5757  unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParameterLists.size();
5758  bool Invalid = false;
5759
5760  // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
5761  // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
5762  // for non-C++ cases.
5763  if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists ||
5764      (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
5765    if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
5766          = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS,
5767                                                TemplateParameterLists.get(),
5768                                               TemplateParameterLists.size(),
5769                                                    TUK == TUK_Friend,
5770                                                    isExplicitSpecialization,
5771                                                    Invalid)) {
5772      // All but one template parameter lists have been matching.
5773      --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists;
5774
5775      if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
5776        // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
5777        // be a member of another template).
5778        if (Invalid)
5779          return 0;
5780
5781        OwnedDecl = false;
5782        DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
5783                                               SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
5784                                               TemplateParams,
5785                                               AS);
5786        TemplateParameterLists.release();
5787        return Result.get();
5788      } else {
5789        // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
5790        Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
5791          << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
5792        isExplicitSpecialization = true;
5793      }
5794    }
5795  }
5796
5797  // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
5798  // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
5799  // redeclaration.
5800  llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
5801
5802  if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
5803    if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
5804      // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
5805      // type, default to int.
5806      EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
5807    else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
5808      // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
5809      // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
5810      TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
5811      QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
5812      EnumUnderlying = TI;
5813
5814      SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
5815
5816      if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) {
5817        Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying)
5818          << T;
5819        // Recover by falling back to int.
5820        EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
5821      }
5822
5823      if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI,
5824                                          UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
5825        EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
5826
5827    } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft)
5828      // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
5829      EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
5830  }
5831
5832  DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
5833  DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
5834  bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
5835
5836  RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
5837  if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
5838    Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
5839
5840  LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
5841
5842  if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
5843    // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
5844
5845    // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
5846    if (SS.isInvalid()) {
5847      Name = 0;
5848      goto CreateNewDecl;
5849    }
5850
5851    // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
5852    // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
5853    if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
5854      DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
5855      if (!DC) {
5856        IsDependent = true;
5857        return 0;
5858      }
5859    } else {
5860      DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
5861      if (!DC) {
5862        Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
5863          << SS.getRange();
5864        return 0;
5865      }
5866    }
5867
5868    if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
5869      return 0;
5870
5871    SearchDC = DC;
5872    // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
5873    LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
5874
5875    if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
5876      return 0;
5877
5878    if (Previous.empty()) {
5879      // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
5880      // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
5881      // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
5882      // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
5883      // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
5884      // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
5885      if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
5886          (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
5887        IsDependent = true;
5888        return 0;
5889      }
5890
5891      // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
5892      Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
5893        << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
5894      Name = 0;
5895      Invalid = true;
5896      goto CreateNewDecl;
5897    }
5898  } else if (Name) {
5899    // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
5900    // declaration or definition.
5901    // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
5902    // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
5903    // shouldn't be diagnosing.
5904    LookupName(Previous, S);
5905
5906    // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
5907    if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
5908      return 0;
5909
5910    if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
5911      // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
5912      // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
5913      // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
5914      // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
5915      while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
5916        SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
5917    }
5918  } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
5919    // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
5920    // initial context to the translation unit.
5921    SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
5922  }
5923
5924  if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5925      Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
5926    // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5927    DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
5928    // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5929    Previous.clear();
5930  }
5931
5932  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
5933      DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
5934    // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
5935    isStdBadAlloc = true;
5936
5937    if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
5938      // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
5939      // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
5940      // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
5941      Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
5942    }
5943  }
5944
5945  // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
5946  // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
5947  // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
5948  // there's a shadow friend decl.
5949  if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
5950      (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
5951    if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
5952    assert(SS.isEmpty());
5953
5954    if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
5955      // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
5956      //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
5957      //
5958      //          class-key identifier
5959      //
5960      //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
5961      //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
5962      //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
5963      //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
5964      //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
5965      //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
5966      //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
5967      //      declaration.
5968      //
5969      // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
5970      // C structs and unions.
5971      //
5972      // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
5973      // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
5974      // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
5975      // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
5976      //
5977      // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
5978      // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
5979      //
5980      // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
5981      // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
5982      // lexical context,
5983      while (SearchDC->isRecord())
5984        SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
5985
5986      // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
5987      while (S->isClassScope() ||
5988             (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5989              S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
5990             ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
5991             (S->getEntity() &&
5992              ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
5993        S = S->getParent();
5994    } else {
5995      assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
5996      // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
5997      //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
5998      //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
5999      //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
6000      SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
6001    }
6002
6003    // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
6004    // diagnose some problems.
6005    if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6006      Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
6007      LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
6008    }
6009  }
6010
6011  if (!Previous.empty()) {
6012    NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
6013
6014    // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
6015    // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
6016    // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
6017    // in C++.
6018    //
6019    // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
6020    // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
6021    // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
6022    // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
6023    if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6024      if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
6025        if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
6026          TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
6027          if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
6028              Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
6029                          ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
6030            PrevDecl = Tag;
6031            Previous.clear();
6032            Previous.addDecl(Tag);
6033            Previous.resolveKind();
6034          }
6035        }
6036      }
6037    }
6038
6039    if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
6040      // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
6041      // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
6042      // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
6043      if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
6044          isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) {
6045        // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
6046        // struct or something similar.
6047        if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) {
6048          bool SafeToContinue
6049            = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
6050               Kind != TTK_Enum);
6051          if (SafeToContinue)
6052            Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
6053              << Name
6054              << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
6055                                              PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
6056          else
6057            Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
6058          Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
6059
6060          if (SafeToContinue)
6061            Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
6062          else {
6063            // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
6064            Name = 0;
6065            Previous.clear();
6066            Invalid = true;
6067          }
6068        }
6069
6070        if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
6071          const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
6072
6073          // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
6074          // returning the previous declaration.
6075          if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) {
6076            Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
6077              << PrevEnum->isScoped();
6078            Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
6079            return PrevTagDecl;
6080          }
6081          else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) {
6082            QualType T;
6083            if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
6084                T = TI->getType();
6085            else
6086                T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0);
6087
6088            if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) {
6089              Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
6090                   diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
6091                << T
6092                << PrevEnum->getIntegerType();
6093              Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
6094              return PrevTagDecl;
6095            }
6096          }
6097          else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) {
6098            Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
6099              << PrevEnum->isFixed();
6100            Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
6101            return PrevTagDecl;
6102          }
6103        }
6104
6105        if (!Invalid) {
6106          // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
6107
6108          // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
6109          // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
6110          // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
6111          // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
6112          if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) ||
6113              TUK == TUK_Friend)
6114            return PrevTagDecl;
6115
6116          // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
6117          if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
6118            if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
6119              // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
6120              // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
6121              // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
6122              if (!isExplicitSpecialization ||
6123                  !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) ||
6124                  cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6125                                               == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) {
6126                Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
6127                Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6128                // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
6129                // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
6130                // references get the previous definition.
6131                Name = 0;
6132                Previous.clear();
6133                Invalid = true;
6134              }
6135            } else {
6136              // If the type is currently being defined, complain
6137              // about a nested redefinition.
6138              TagType *Tag = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
6139              if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
6140                Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
6141                Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
6142                     diag::note_previous_definition);
6143                Name = 0;
6144                Previous.clear();
6145                Invalid = true;
6146              }
6147            }
6148
6149            // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
6150            // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
6151          }
6152        }
6153        // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
6154        // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
6155
6156      } else {
6157        // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
6158        // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
6159        // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
6160        // have distinct types.
6161        Previous.clear();
6162      }
6163      // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
6164      // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
6165      // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
6166
6167
6168    // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
6169    // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
6170    // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
6171    } else {
6172      assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus);
6173
6174      // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
6175      // found the wrong kind of type on the first
6176      // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
6177      if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
6178          !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
6179        unsigned Kind = 0;
6180        if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
6181        else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
6182        Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
6183        Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
6184        Invalid = true;
6185
6186      // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
6187      } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) {
6188        // do nothing
6189
6190      // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
6191      } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
6192        unsigned Kind = 0;
6193        if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
6194        else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
6195        Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
6196        Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
6197        Invalid = true;
6198
6199      // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
6200      // case here.
6201      } else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
6202        Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
6203          << Name
6204          << cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)->getUnderlyingType();
6205        Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
6206        Invalid = true;
6207
6208      // Otherwise, diagnose.
6209      } else {
6210        // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
6211        // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
6212        Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
6213        Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6214        Name = 0;
6215        Invalid = true;
6216      }
6217
6218      // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
6219      // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
6220      Previous.clear();
6221    }
6222  }
6223
6224CreateNewDecl:
6225
6226  TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
6227  if (Previous.isSingleResult())
6228    PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
6229
6230  // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
6231  // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
6232  // keyword.
6233  SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
6234
6235  // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
6236  // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
6237  // PrevDecl.
6238  TagDecl *New;
6239
6240  bool IsForwardReference = false;
6241  if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
6242    // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
6243    // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
6244    New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc,
6245                           cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
6246                           ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
6247    // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
6248    if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
6249      TagDecl *Def;
6250      if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
6251        // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
6252        // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
6253      }
6254      else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
6255        Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
6256          << New;
6257        Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6258      } else {
6259        unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
6260        if (getLangOptions().Microsoft)
6261          DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
6262        else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
6263          DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
6264        Diag(Loc, DiagID);
6265
6266        // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
6267        // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
6268        // the declaration context.
6269        if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
6270          IsForwardReference = true;
6271      }
6272    }
6273
6274    if (EnumUnderlying) {
6275      EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
6276      if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
6277        ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
6278      else
6279        ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
6280      ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
6281    }
6282
6283  } else {
6284    // struct/union/class
6285
6286    // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
6287    // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
6288    if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6289      // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
6290      New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc,
6291                                  cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
6292
6293      if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
6294        StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
6295    } else
6296      New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc,
6297                               cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
6298  }
6299
6300  // Maybe add qualifier info.
6301  if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
6302    if (SS.isSet()) {
6303      NestedNameSpecifier *NNS
6304        = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
6305      New->setQualifierInfo(NNS, SS.getRange());
6306      if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0) {
6307        New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6308                                           NumMatchedTemplateParamLists,
6309                    (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release());
6310      }
6311    }
6312    else
6313      Invalid = true;
6314  }
6315
6316  if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
6317    // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
6318    // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
6319    //
6320    // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
6321    // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
6322    // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
6323    // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
6324    // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
6325    // parsing of the struct).
6326    AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
6327  }
6328
6329  // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
6330  // check the specialization.
6331  if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
6332    Invalid = true;
6333
6334  if (Invalid)
6335    New->setInvalidDecl();
6336
6337  if (Attr)
6338    ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
6339
6340  // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
6341  // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
6342  if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
6343    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
6344
6345  // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
6346  // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
6347  New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6348
6349  // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
6350  if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
6351    New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty());
6352
6353  // Set the access specifier.
6354  if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
6355    SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
6356
6357  if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
6358    New->startDefinition();
6359
6360  // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6361  if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
6362    // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
6363    // if so, borrow its access specifier.
6364    if (PrevDecl)
6365      New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
6366
6367    DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
6368    DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false);
6369    if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
6370      if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
6371        PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
6372  } else if (Name) {
6373    S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
6374    PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
6375    if (IsForwardReference)
6376      SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false);
6377
6378  } else {
6379    CurContext->addDecl(New);
6380  }
6381
6382  // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
6383  if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
6384    if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
6385        New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
6386        II->isStr("FILE"))
6387      Context.setFILEDecl(New);
6388
6389  OwnedDecl = true;
6390  return New;
6391}
6392
6393void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
6394  AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
6395  TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
6396
6397  // Enter the tag context.
6398  PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
6399}
6400
6401void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
6402                                           SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
6403  AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
6404  CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
6405
6406  FieldCollector->StartClass();
6407
6408  if (!Record->getIdentifier())
6409    return;
6410
6411  // C++ [class]p2:
6412  //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
6413  //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
6414  //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
6415  //   as if it were a public member name.
6416  CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
6417    = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(),
6418                            CurContext, Record->getLocation(),
6419                            Record->getIdentifier(),
6420                            Record->getTagKeywordLoc(),
6421                            /*PrevDecl=*/0,
6422                            /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
6423  Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
6424  InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
6425  InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
6426  if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
6427      InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
6428  PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
6429  assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
6430         "Broken injected-class-name");
6431}
6432
6433void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
6434                                    SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
6435  AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
6436  TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
6437  Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
6438
6439  if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
6440    FieldCollector->FinishClass();
6441
6442  // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
6443  PopDeclContext();
6444
6445  // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
6446  Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
6447}
6448
6449void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
6450  AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
6451  TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
6452  Tag->setInvalidDecl();
6453
6454  // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
6455  // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
6456  // the FieldCollector.
6457
6458  PopDeclContext();
6459}
6460
6461// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
6462bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
6463                          QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth,
6464                          bool *ZeroWidth) {
6465  // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
6466  if (ZeroWidth)
6467    *ZeroWidth = true;
6468
6469  // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
6470  // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
6471  if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
6472    // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
6473    if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
6474      return true;
6475    if (FieldName)
6476      return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
6477        << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
6478    return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
6479      << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
6480  } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
6481                                             UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
6482    return true;
6483
6484  // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
6485  // it now.
6486  if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
6487    return false;
6488
6489  llvm::APSInt Value;
6490  if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value))
6491    return true;
6492
6493  if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
6494    *ZeroWidth = false;
6495
6496  // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
6497  if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
6498    return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
6499
6500  if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
6501    if (FieldName)
6502      return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
6503               << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
6504    return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
6505      << Value.toString(10);
6506  }
6507
6508  if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
6509    uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
6510    if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
6511      if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6512        if (FieldName)
6513          return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
6514            << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
6515            << (unsigned)TypeSize;
6516
6517        return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
6518          << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
6519      }
6520
6521      if (FieldName)
6522        Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
6523          << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
6524          << (unsigned)TypeSize;
6525      else
6526        Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
6527          << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
6528    }
6529  }
6530
6531  return false;
6532}
6533
6534/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order
6535/// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
6536Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
6537                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
6538                                 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) {
6539  FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
6540                               DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
6541                               AS_public);
6542  return Res;
6543}
6544
6545/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
6546///
6547FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
6548                             SourceLocation DeclStart,
6549                             Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
6550                             AccessSpecifier AS) {
6551  IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
6552  SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
6553  if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
6554
6555  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
6556  QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6557  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6558    CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
6559
6560    if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
6561                                        UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
6562      D.setInvalidType();
6563      T = Context.IntTy;
6564      TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
6565    }
6566  }
6567
6568  DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
6569
6570  if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
6571    Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
6572
6573  // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
6574  LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
6575  LookupName(Previous, S);
6576  assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() ||
6577          Previous.isSingleResult())
6578    && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null");
6579
6580  // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result
6581  NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ?
6582    Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
6583
6584  if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
6585    // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
6586    DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
6587    // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
6588    PrevDecl = 0;
6589  }
6590
6591  if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
6592    PrevDecl = 0;
6593
6594  bool Mutable
6595    = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
6596  SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin();
6597  FieldDecl *NewFD
6598    = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL,
6599                     AS, PrevDecl, &D);
6600
6601  if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
6602    Record->setInvalidDecl();
6603
6604  if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
6605    // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
6606    // with the same name in the same scope.
6607  } else if (II) {
6608    PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
6609  } else
6610    Record->addDecl(NewFD);
6611
6612  return NewFD;
6613}
6614
6615/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
6616///
6617/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
6618/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
6619/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
6620/// created.
6621///
6622/// \returns a new FieldDecl.
6623///
6624/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
6625FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
6626                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6627                                RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
6628                                bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
6629                                SourceLocation TSSL,
6630                                AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
6631                                Declarator *D) {
6632  IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
6633  bool InvalidDecl = false;
6634  if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
6635
6636  // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
6637  // marking this declaration as invalid.
6638  if (T.isNull()) {
6639    InvalidDecl = true;
6640    T = Context.IntTy;
6641  }
6642
6643  QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
6644  if (!EltTy->isDependentType() &&
6645      RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
6646    // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
6647    Record->setInvalidDecl();
6648    InvalidDecl = true;
6649  }
6650
6651  // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
6652  // than a variably modified type.
6653  if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6654    bool SizeIsNegative;
6655    llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6656    QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context,
6657                                                           SizeIsNegative,
6658                                                           Oversized);
6659    if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
6660      Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
6661      T = FixedTy;
6662    } else {
6663      if (SizeIsNegative)
6664        Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
6665      else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
6666        Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
6667          << Oversized.toString(10);
6668      else
6669        Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
6670      InvalidDecl = true;
6671    }
6672  }
6673
6674  // Fields can not have abstract class types
6675  if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
6676                                             diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6677                                             AbstractFieldType))
6678    InvalidDecl = true;
6679
6680  bool ZeroWidth = false;
6681  // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
6682  if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth &&
6683      VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) {
6684    InvalidDecl = true;
6685    BitWidth = 0;
6686    ZeroWidth = false;
6687  }
6688
6689  // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
6690  if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
6691    unsigned DiagID = 0;
6692    if (T->isReferenceType())
6693      DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
6694    else if (T.isConstQualified())
6695      DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
6696
6697    if (DiagID) {
6698      SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
6699      if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
6700        ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
6701      Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
6702      Mutable = false;
6703      InvalidDecl = true;
6704    }
6705  }
6706
6707  FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
6708                                       BitWidth, Mutable);
6709  if (InvalidDecl)
6710    NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6711
6712  if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
6713    Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
6714    Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6715    NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6716  }
6717
6718  if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6719    if (Record->isUnion()) {
6720      if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
6721        CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
6722        if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
6723          // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
6724          // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
6725          // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
6726          // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
6727          // objects.
6728          // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly.
6729          if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
6730            NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6731        }
6732      }
6733
6734      // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
6735      // the program is ill-formed.
6736      if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
6737        Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
6738          << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
6739        NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6740      }
6741    }
6742  }
6743
6744  // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
6745  // representation, not a parser representation.
6746  if (D)
6747    // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope?
6748    ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D);
6749
6750  if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
6751    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
6752
6753  NewFD->setAccess(AS);
6754  return NewFD;
6755}
6756
6757bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
6758  assert(FD);
6759  assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
6760
6761  if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
6762    return true;
6763
6764  QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
6765  if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
6766    CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
6767    if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
6768      // We check for copy constructors before constructors
6769      // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
6770      // copy constructors.
6771
6772      CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
6773      if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
6774        member = CXXCopyConstructor;
6775      else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor())
6776        member = CXXConstructor;
6777      else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
6778        member = CXXCopyAssignment;
6779      else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor())
6780        member = CXXDestructor;
6781
6782      if (member != CXXInvalid) {
6783        Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
6784              << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
6785        DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member);
6786        return true;
6787      }
6788    }
6789  }
6790
6791  return false;
6792}
6793
6794/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial
6795/// special member, figure out why.
6796void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) {
6797  QualType QT(T, 0U);
6798  CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl());
6799
6800  // Check whether the member was user-declared.
6801  switch (member) {
6802  case CXXInvalid:
6803    break;
6804
6805  case CXXConstructor:
6806    if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) {
6807      typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter;
6808      for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){
6809        const FunctionDecl *body = 0;
6810        ci->hasBody(body);
6811        if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) {
6812          SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation();
6813          Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
6814          return;
6815        }
6816      }
6817
6818      assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors");
6819      return;
6820    }
6821    break;
6822
6823  case CXXCopyConstructor:
6824    if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) {
6825      SourceLocation CtorLoc =
6826        RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation();
6827      Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
6828      return;
6829    }
6830    break;
6831
6832  case CXXCopyAssignment:
6833    if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) {
6834      // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy
6835      // assignment, not the type.
6836      SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin();
6837      Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
6838      return;
6839    }
6840    break;
6841
6842  case CXXDestructor:
6843    if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
6844      SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation();
6845      Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
6846      return;
6847    }
6848    break;
6849  }
6850
6851  typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter;
6852
6853  // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction,
6854  // but not trivial destruction.
6855  if (member != CXXDestructor) {
6856    // Check for virtual bases.  vbases includes indirect virtual bases,
6857    // so we just iterate through the direct bases.
6858    for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi)
6859      if (bi->isVirtual()) {
6860        SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin();
6861        Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1;
6862        return;
6863      }
6864
6865    // Check for virtual methods.
6866    typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter;
6867    for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me;
6868         ++mi) {
6869      if (mi->isVirtual()) {
6870        SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin();
6871        Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0;
6872        return;
6873      }
6874    }
6875  }
6876
6877  bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const;
6878  switch (member) {
6879  case CXXConstructor:
6880    hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break;
6881  case CXXCopyConstructor:
6882    hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break;
6883  case CXXCopyAssignment:
6884    hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break;
6885  case CXXDestructor:
6886    hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break;
6887  default:
6888    assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return;
6889  }
6890
6891  // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse).
6892  for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) {
6893    const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
6894    assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases");
6895    CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
6896    if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) {
6897      SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin();
6898      Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member;
6899      DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member);
6900      return;
6901    }
6902  }
6903
6904  // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse).
6905  typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter;
6906  for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe;
6907       ++fi) {
6908    QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType());
6909    if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
6910      CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl());
6911
6912      if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) {
6913        SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation();
6914        Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member;
6915        DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member);
6916        return;
6917      }
6918    }
6919  }
6920
6921  assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member");
6922}
6923
6924/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
6925///  AST enum value.
6926static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
6927TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
6928  switch (ivarVisibility) {
6929  default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind");
6930  case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
6931  case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
6932  case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
6933  case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
6934  }
6935}
6936
6937/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
6938/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
6939Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
6940                                SourceLocation DeclStart,
6941                                Decl *IntfDecl,
6942                                Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth,
6943                                tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
6944
6945  IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
6946  Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
6947  SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
6948  if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
6949
6950  // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
6951  // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
6952
6953  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
6954  QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6955
6956  if (BitWidth) {
6957    // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
6958    if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) {
6959      D.setInvalidType();
6960      BitWidth = 0;
6961    }
6962  } else {
6963    // Not a bitfield.
6964
6965    // validate II.
6966
6967  }
6968  if (T->isReferenceType()) {
6969    Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
6970    D.setInvalidType();
6971  }
6972  // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
6973  // than a variably modified type.
6974  else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6975    Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
6976    D.setInvalidType();
6977  }
6978
6979  // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
6980  ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
6981    Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
6982                                        : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
6983  // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
6984  ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl);
6985  ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
6986  if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
6987      dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
6988    if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) {
6989    // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
6990      EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
6991      assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
6992    }
6993    else
6994      EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
6995  } else {
6996    if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
6997        dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
6998      if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
6999        Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
7000        return 0;
7001      }
7002    }
7003    EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
7004  }
7005
7006  // Construct the decl.
7007  ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context,
7008                                             EnclosingContext, Loc, II, T,
7009                                             TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
7010
7011  if (II) {
7012    NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
7013                                           ForRedeclaration);
7014    if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
7015        && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
7016      Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
7017      Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7018      NewID->setInvalidDecl();
7019    }
7020  }
7021
7022  // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
7023  ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
7024
7025  if (D.isInvalidType())
7026    NewID->setInvalidDecl();
7027
7028  if (II) {
7029    // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
7030    // these to the interface.
7031    S->AddDecl(NewID);
7032    IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
7033  }
7034
7035  return NewID;
7036}
7037
7038/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
7039/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class
7040/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
7041/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
7042void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
7043                             llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
7044  if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty())
7045    return;
7046
7047  Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
7048  ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
7049
7050  if (!Ivar->isBitField())
7051    return;
7052  uint64_t BitFieldSize =
7053    Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue();
7054  if (BitFieldSize == 0)
7055    return;
7056  ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
7057  if (!ID) {
7058    if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
7059      if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
7060        return;
7061    }
7062    // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
7063    else
7064      return;
7065  }
7066  // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
7067  llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0);
7068  Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc);
7069
7070  Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl),
7071                              DeclLoc, 0,
7072                              Context.CharTy,
7073                              Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy),
7074                              ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
7075                              true);
7076  AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
7077}
7078
7079void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S,
7080                       SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
7081                       Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields,
7082                       SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
7083                       AttributeList *Attr) {
7084  assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
7085
7086  // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a
7087  // redeclaration or some other bogus case.  Don't try to add fields to it.
7088  if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
7089    // FIXME: Deallocate fields?
7090    return;
7091  }
7092
7093
7094  // Verify that all the fields are okay.
7095  unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
7096  llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
7097
7098  RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
7099  for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) {
7100    FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]);
7101
7102    // Get the type for the field.
7103    Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
7104
7105    if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
7106      // Remember all fields written by the user.
7107      RecFields.push_back(FD);
7108    }
7109
7110    // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
7111    // diagnostics about it.
7112    if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7113      EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7114      continue;
7115    }
7116
7117    // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
7118    //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
7119    //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
7120    //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
7121    //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
7122    //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
7123    //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
7124    //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
7125    //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
7126    //   array.
7127    if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
7128      // Field declared as a function.
7129      Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
7130        << FD->getDeclName();
7131      FD->setInvalidDecl();
7132      EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7133      continue;
7134    } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
7135               ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) ||
7136                (getLangOptions().Microsoft &&
7137                 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) {
7138      // Flexible array member.
7139      // Microsoft is more permissive regarding flexible array.
7140      // It will accept flexible array in union and also
7141      // as the sole element of a struct/class.
7142      if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) {
7143        if (Record->isUnion())
7144          Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union)
7145            << FD->getDeclName();
7146        else if (NumFields == 1)
7147          Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate)
7148            << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
7149      } else  if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
7150        Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
7151          << FD->getDeclName();
7152        FD->setInvalidDecl();
7153        EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7154        continue;
7155      }
7156      if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
7157          !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) {
7158        Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
7159          << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
7160        FD->setInvalidDecl();
7161        EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7162        continue;
7163      }
7164      // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
7165      if (Record)
7166        Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
7167    } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
7168               RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
7169                                   diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
7170      // Incomplete type
7171      FD->setInvalidDecl();
7172      EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7173      continue;
7174    } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
7175      if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
7176        // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
7177        if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
7178          Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
7179        } else {
7180          // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
7181          // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
7182          // structures.
7183          if (i != NumFields-1)
7184            Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
7185              << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
7186          else {
7187            // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
7188            // other structs as an extension.
7189            Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
7190              << FD->getDeclName();
7191            if (Record)
7192              Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
7193          }
7194        }
7195      }
7196      if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
7197        Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
7198    } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
7199      /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
7200      Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object);
7201      FD->setInvalidDecl();
7202      EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7203      continue;
7204    } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
7205               getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
7206               Record &&
7207               (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
7208                FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()))
7209      Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
7210    else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
7211      QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
7212      if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() &&
7213          BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
7214        Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
7215    }
7216    // Keep track of the number of named members.
7217    if (FD->getIdentifier())
7218      ++NumNamedMembers;
7219  }
7220
7221  // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
7222  if (Record) {
7223    bool Completed = false;
7224    if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
7225      if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
7226        // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
7227        UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions();
7228        for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end();
7229             I != E; ++I)
7230          Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess());
7231
7232        if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
7233          // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
7234          AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
7235
7236          // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
7237          // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
7238          // problem now.
7239          if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
7240            CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
7241            CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
7242
7243            for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
7244                                             MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
7245                 M != MEnd; ++M) {
7246              for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
7247                                            SOEnd = M->second.end();
7248                   SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
7249                assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
7250                       "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
7251                if (SO->second.size() == 1)
7252                  continue;
7253
7254                // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
7255                //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
7256                //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
7257                //   program is ill-formed.
7258                Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
7259                  << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
7260                Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
7261                     diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
7262                for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
7263                          OM = SO->second.begin(),
7264                       OMEnd = SO->second.end();
7265                     OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
7266                  Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
7267                    << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
7268
7269                Record->setInvalidDecl();
7270              }
7271            }
7272            CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
7273            Completed = true;
7274          }
7275        }
7276      }
7277    }
7278
7279    if (!Completed)
7280      Record->completeDefinition();
7281  } else {
7282    ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
7283      reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
7284    if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
7285      ID->setLocEnd(RBrac);
7286      // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
7287      for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
7288        ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
7289        ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
7290      }
7291      // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
7292      // duplicates.
7293      if (ID->getSuperClass())
7294        DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
7295    } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
7296                  dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
7297      assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
7298      for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
7299        // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
7300        // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
7301        ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
7302      CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
7303    } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
7304                dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
7305      // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
7306      // reported as errors elsewhere.
7307      // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
7308      // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
7309      // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
7310      for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
7311        ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
7312        CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
7313      }
7314    }
7315  }
7316
7317  if (Attr)
7318    ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
7319
7320  // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass,
7321  // set the visibility of this record.
7322  if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
7323    AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record);
7324}
7325
7326/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
7327/// the given type T.
7328static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
7329                                        llvm::APSInt &Value,
7330                                        QualType T) {
7331  assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
7332  unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
7333
7334  if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
7335    if (T->isSignedIntegerType())
7336      --BitWidth;
7337    return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
7338  }
7339  return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
7340}
7341
7342// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
7343// (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
7344static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
7345  // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
7346  // enum checking below.
7347  assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
7348  const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
7349  QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
7350    Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
7351  };
7352  QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
7353    Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
7354    Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
7355  };
7356
7357  unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
7358  QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes
7359                                            : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
7360  for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
7361    if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
7362      return Types[I];
7363
7364  return QualType();
7365}
7366
7367EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
7368                                          EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
7369                                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
7370                                          IdentifierInfo *Id,
7371                                          Expr *Val) {
7372  unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
7373  llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
7374  QualType EltTy;
7375
7376  if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
7377    Val = 0;
7378
7379  if (Val) {
7380    if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
7381      EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
7382    else {
7383      // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
7384      SourceLocation ExpLoc;
7385      if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
7386          VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) {
7387        Val = 0;
7388      } else {
7389        if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7390          // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
7391          //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
7392          //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
7393          //   representable as an int.
7394
7395          // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
7396          if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
7397            Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
7398              << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
7399              << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
7400          else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
7401            // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
7402            ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast);
7403          }
7404        }
7405
7406        if (Enum->isFixed()) {
7407          EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
7408
7409          // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
7410          //   ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be
7411          //   represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed.
7412          if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
7413            if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) {
7414              Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
7415              ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast);
7416            } else
7417              Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large)
7418                << EltTy;
7419          } else
7420            ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast);
7421        }
7422        else {
7423          // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
7424          //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
7425          //   is the type of its initializing value:
7426          //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
7427          //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
7428          EltTy = Val->getType();
7429        }
7430      }
7431    }
7432  }
7433
7434  if (!Val) {
7435    if (Enum->isDependentType())
7436      EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
7437    else if (!LastEnumConst) {
7438      // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
7439      //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
7440      //   is the type of its initializing value:
7441      //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
7442      //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
7443      //
7444      // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
7445      // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
7446      if (Enum->isFixed()) {
7447        EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
7448      }
7449      else {
7450        EltTy = Context.IntTy;
7451      }
7452    } else {
7453      // Assign the last value + 1.
7454      EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
7455      ++EnumVal;
7456      EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
7457
7458      // Check for overflow on increment.
7459      if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
7460        // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
7461        //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
7462        //   is the type of its initializing value:
7463        //
7464        //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
7465        //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
7466        //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
7467        //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
7468        //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
7469        //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
7470        QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
7471        if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
7472          // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
7473          // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
7474          EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
7475          EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
7476          ++EnumVal;
7477          if (Enum->isFixed())
7478            // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
7479            Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
7480              << EnumVal.toString(10)
7481              << EltTy;
7482          else
7483            Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
7484              << EnumVal.toString(10);
7485        } else {
7486          EltTy = T;
7487        }
7488
7489        // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
7490        // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
7491        // value, then increment.
7492        EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
7493        EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType());
7494        EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
7495        ++EnumVal;
7496
7497        // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
7498        // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
7499        // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
7500        // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
7501        // integral type.
7502        if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
7503          Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
7504      } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7505                 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
7506        // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
7507        Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
7508          << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
7509      }
7510    }
7511  }
7512
7513  if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
7514    // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
7515    // enumerator's type.
7516    EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
7517    EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType());
7518  }
7519
7520  return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
7521                                  Val, EnumVal);
7522}
7523
7524
7525Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
7526                              SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
7527                              AttributeList *Attr,
7528                              SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) {
7529  EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
7530  EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
7531    cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
7532  Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val);
7533
7534  // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
7535  // we find one that is.
7536  S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
7537
7538  // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
7539  // scope.
7540  NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
7541                                         ForRedeclaration);
7542  if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
7543    // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
7544    DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
7545    // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
7546    PrevDecl = 0;
7547  }
7548
7549  if (PrevDecl) {
7550    // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
7551    // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
7552    assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
7553           "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
7554    if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
7555      if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
7556        Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
7557      else
7558        Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
7559      Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
7560      return 0;
7561    }
7562  }
7563
7564  // C++ [class.mem]p13:
7565  //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
7566  //   name different from T:
7567  //     - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated
7568  //       type
7569  if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
7570                      = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
7571                             TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
7572    if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
7573      Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
7574
7575  EnumConstantDecl *New =
7576    CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
7577
7578  if (New) {
7579    // Process attributes.
7580    if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
7581
7582    // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
7583    New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
7584    PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
7585  }
7586
7587  return New;
7588}
7589
7590void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
7591                         SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
7592                         Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
7593                         Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
7594  EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
7595  QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
7596
7597  if (Attr)
7598    ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
7599
7600  if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
7601    for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
7602      EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
7603        cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
7604      if (!ECD) continue;
7605
7606      ECD->setType(EnumType);
7607    }
7608
7609    Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
7610    return;
7611  }
7612
7613  // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
7614  // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
7615  // emit a warning.
7616  unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
7617  unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth();
7618  unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth();
7619
7620  // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
7621  // reverse the list.
7622  unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
7623  unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
7624
7625  // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
7626  bool AllElementsInt = true;
7627
7628  for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
7629    EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
7630      cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
7631    if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
7632
7633    const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
7634
7635    // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
7636    if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
7637      NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
7638                                 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
7639    else
7640      NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
7641                                 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
7642
7643    // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
7644    if (AllElementsInt)
7645      AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
7646  }
7647
7648  // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
7649  QualType BestType;
7650  unsigned BestWidth;
7651
7652  // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
7653  //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
7654  //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
7655  //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
7656  //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
7657  //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
7658  // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
7659  //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
7660  // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
7661  QualType BestPromotionType;
7662
7663  bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
7664  // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
7665  // enum definitions.
7666  if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
7667    Packed = true;
7668
7669  if (Enum->isFixed()) {
7670    BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType();
7671    // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
7672    // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
7673    // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
7674    BestWidth = CharWidth;
7675  }
7676  else if (NumNegativeBits) {
7677    // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
7678    // int/long/longlong) that fits.
7679    // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
7680    if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
7681      BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
7682      BestWidth = CharWidth;
7683    } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
7684               NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
7685      BestType = Context.ShortTy;
7686      BestWidth = ShortWidth;
7687    } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
7688      BestType = Context.IntTy;
7689      BestWidth = IntWidth;
7690    } else {
7691      BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
7692
7693      if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
7694        BestType = Context.LongTy;
7695      } else {
7696        BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
7697
7698        if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
7699          Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
7700        BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
7701      }
7702    }
7703    BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
7704  } else {
7705    // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
7706    // all of the enumerator values.
7707    // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
7708    if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
7709      BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
7710      BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
7711      BestWidth = CharWidth;
7712    } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
7713      BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
7714      BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
7715      BestWidth = ShortWidth;
7716    } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
7717      BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
7718      BestWidth = IntWidth;
7719      BestPromotionType
7720        = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
7721                           ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
7722    } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
7723               (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) {
7724      BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
7725      BestPromotionType
7726        = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
7727                           ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
7728    } else {
7729      BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
7730      assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
7731             "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
7732      BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
7733      BestPromotionType
7734        = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
7735                           ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
7736    }
7737  }
7738
7739  // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
7740  // the type of the enum if needed.
7741  for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
7742    EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
7743    if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
7744
7745    // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
7746    // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
7747    // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
7748    // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
7749    // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
7750
7751    // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
7752    llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
7753
7754    // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
7755    // the enum decl type.
7756    QualType NewTy;
7757    unsigned NewWidth;
7758    bool NewSign;
7759    if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7760        isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
7761      NewTy = Context.IntTy;
7762      NewWidth = IntWidth;
7763      NewSign = true;
7764    } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
7765      // Already the right type!
7766      if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
7767        // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
7768        // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
7769        // enumeration.
7770        ECD->setType(EnumType);
7771      continue;
7772    } else {
7773      NewTy = BestType;
7774      NewWidth = BestWidth;
7775      NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType();
7776    }
7777
7778    // Adjust the APSInt value.
7779    InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
7780    InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
7781    ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
7782
7783    // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
7784    if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
7785	!Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
7786      ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
7787                                                CK_IntegralCast,
7788                                                ECD->getInitExpr(),
7789                                                /*base paths*/ 0,
7790                                                VK_RValue));
7791    if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
7792      // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
7793      // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
7794      // enumeration.
7795      ECD->setType(EnumType);
7796    else
7797      ECD->setType(NewTy);
7798  }
7799
7800  Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
7801                           NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
7802}
7803
7804Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *expr) {
7805  StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
7806
7807  FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
7808                                                   Loc, AsmString);
7809  CurContext->addDecl(New);
7810  return New;
7811}
7812
7813void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
7814                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7815                             SourceLocation NameLoc) {
7816  Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
7817
7818  if (PrevDecl) {
7819    PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
7820  } else {
7821    (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
7822      std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
7823        (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
7824  }
7825}
7826
7827void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
7828                                IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
7829                                SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7830                                SourceLocation NameLoc,
7831                                SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
7832  Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
7833                                    LookupOrdinaryName);
7834  WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
7835
7836  if (PrevDecl) {
7837    if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
7838      if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
7839        DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
7840  } else {
7841    (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
7842      std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
7843  }
7844}
7845